* breakpoint.h (enum enable_state): Remove the
[binutils-gdb.git] / gdb / breakpoint.c
1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
2
3 Copyright (C) 1986, 1987, 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994, 1995,
4 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007
5 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
6
7 This file is part of GDB.
8
9 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
10 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
11 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
12 (at your option) any later version.
13
14 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
15 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
16 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
17 GNU General Public License for more details.
18
19 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
20 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21
22 #include "defs.h"
23 #include <ctype.h>
24 #include "symtab.h"
25 #include "frame.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "gdbtypes.h"
28 #include "expression.h"
29 #include "gdbcore.h"
30 #include "gdbcmd.h"
31 #include "value.h"
32 #include "command.h"
33 #include "inferior.h"
34 #include "gdbthread.h"
35 #include "target.h"
36 #include "language.h"
37 #include "gdb_string.h"
38 #include "demangle.h"
39 #include "annotate.h"
40 #include "symfile.h"
41 #include "objfiles.h"
42 #include "source.h"
43 #include "linespec.h"
44 #include "completer.h"
45 #include "gdb.h"
46 #include "ui-out.h"
47 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
48 #include "gdb_assert.h"
49 #include "block.h"
50 #include "solib.h"
51 #include "solist.h"
52 #include "observer.h"
53 #include "exceptions.h"
54 #include "memattr.h"
55 #include "ada-lang.h"
56 #include "top.h"
57
58 #include "gdb-events.h"
59 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
60
61 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
62
63 static void until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg);
64
65 static void catch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
66
67 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
68
69 static void enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
70
71 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
72
73 static void enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *);
74
75 static void disable_command (char *, int);
76
77 static void enable_command (char *, int);
78
79 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*)(struct breakpoint *));
80
81 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
82
83 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
84
85 static void clear_command (char *, int);
86
87 static void catch_command (char *, int);
88
89 static void watch_command (char *, int);
90
91 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *);
92
93 static int break_command_1 (char *, int, int, struct breakpoint *);
94
95 static void mention (struct breakpoint *);
96
97 struct breakpoint *set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line, enum bptype);
98
99 static void check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *);
100
101 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR, CORE_ADDR, int, int);
102
103 static CORE_ADDR adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr,
104 enum bptype bptype);
105
106 static void describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR, asection *, int);
107
108 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
109
110 static void breakpoint_1 (int, int);
111
112 static bpstat bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *, bpstat);
113
114 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
115
116 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
117
118 static void commands_command (char *, int);
119
120 static void condition_command (char *, int);
121
122 static int get_number_trailer (char **, int);
123
124 void set_breakpoint_count (int);
125
126 typedef enum
127 {
128 mark_inserted,
129 mark_uninserted
130 }
131 insertion_state_t;
132
133 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *, insertion_state_t);
134
135 static enum print_stop_action print_it_typical (bpstat);
136
137 static enum print_stop_action print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs);
138
139 typedef struct
140 {
141 enum exception_event_kind kind;
142 int enable_p;
143 }
144 args_for_catchpoint_enable;
145
146 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
147
148 static int cover_target_enable_exception_callback (void *);
149
150 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
151
152 static void create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *);
153
154 static void create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *);
155
156 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
157
158 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype, int *);
159
160 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
161
162 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
163
164 static void watch_command_1 (char *, int, int);
165
166 static void rwatch_command (char *, int);
167
168 static void awatch_command (char *, int);
169
170 static void do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *, enum bpdisp);
171
172 static void solib_load_unload_1 (char *hookname,
173 int tempflag,
174 char *dll_pathname,
175 char *cond_string, enum bptype bp_kind);
176
177 static void create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag,
178 char *cond_string,
179 enum bptype bp_kind);
180
181 static void stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
182
183 static void stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
184
185 static void stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
186
187 static char *ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg);
188
189 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg);
190
191 static char *ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg);
192
193 static void create_exception_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
194 enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
195 struct symtab_and_line *sal);
196
197 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
198 char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty);
199
200 static void tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty);
201
202 static void ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s);
203
204 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc);
205
206 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc);
207
208 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
209
210 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
211 if such is available. */
212 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints;
213
214 static void
215 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
216 struct cmd_list_element *c,
217 const char *value)
218 {
219 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
220 Debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
221 value);
222 }
223
224 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
225 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
226 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
227 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
228 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support;
229 static void
230 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
231 struct cmd_list_element *c,
232 const char *value)
233 {
234 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
235 Debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
236 value);
237 }
238
239 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
240 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
241 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
242 use hardware breakpoints. */
243 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints;
244 static void
245 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file *file, int from_tty,
246 struct cmd_list_element *c,
247 const char *value)
248 {
249 fprintf_filtered (file, _("\
250 Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
251 value);
252 }
253
254
255 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
256
257 extern int addressprint; /* Print machine addresses? */
258
259 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
260 static int executing_breakpoint_commands;
261
262 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
263 static int overlay_events_enabled;
264
265 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
266 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statment deletes the current
267 breakpoint. */
268
269 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
270
271 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
272 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
273 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
274 B = TMP)
275
276 /* Similar iterators for the low-level breakpoints. */
277
278 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B) for (B = bp_location_chain; B; B = B->global_next)
279
280 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
281 for (B = bp_location_chain; \
282 B ? (TMP=B->global_next, 1): 0; \
283 B = TMP)
284
285 /* True if breakpoint hit counts should be displayed in breakpoint info. */
286
287 int show_breakpoint_hit_counts = 1;
288
289 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
290
291 struct breakpoint *breakpoint_chain;
292
293 struct bp_location *bp_location_chain;
294
295 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
296
297 int breakpoint_count;
298
299 /* Pointer to current exception event record */
300 static struct exception_event_record *current_exception_event;
301
302 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
303 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
304 loaded.
305
306 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT is TRUE,
307 or undefined results are guaranteed.
308
309 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
310 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
311 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
312 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
313 then access the string. */
314
315 #ifndef SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
316 #define SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
317 #endif
318
319 /* This function returns a pointer to the string representation of the
320 pathname of the dynamically-linked library that has just been
321 unloaded.
322
323 This function must be used only when SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT is
324 TRUE, or undefined results are guaranteed.
325
326 This string's contents are only valid immediately after the
327 inferior has stopped in the dynamic linker hook, and becomes
328 invalid as soon as the inferior is continued. Clients should make
329 a copy of this string if they wish to continue the inferior and
330 then access the string. */
331
332 #ifndef SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME
333 #define SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME(pid) ""
334 #endif
335
336 /* This function is called by the "catch load" command. It allows the
337 debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
338 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is loaded. */
339
340 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK
341 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK(pid,tempflag,filename,cond_string) \
342 error (_("catch of library loads not yet implemented on this platform"))
343 #endif
344
345 /* This function is called by the "catch unload" command. It allows
346 the debugger to be notified by the dynamic linker when a specified
347 library file (or any library file, if filename is NULL) is
348 unloaded. */
349
350 #ifndef SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK
351 #define SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK(pid, tempflag, filename, cond_string) \
352 error (_("catch of library unloads not yet implemented on this platform"))
353 #endif
354
355 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
356 static int
357 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint *b)
358 {
359 return (b->enable_state == bp_enabled);
360 }
361
362 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
363
364 void
365 set_breakpoint_count (int num)
366 {
367 breakpoint_count = num;
368 set_internalvar (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"),
369 value_from_longest (builtin_type_int, (LONGEST) num));
370 }
371
372 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
373
374 void
375 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
376 {
377 struct breakpoint *b;
378
379 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
380 b->hit_count = 0;
381 }
382
383 /* Default address, symtab and line to put a breakpoint at
384 for "break" command with no arg.
385 if default_breakpoint_valid is zero, the other three are
386 not valid, and "break" with no arg is an error.
387
388 This set by print_stack_frame, which calls set_default_breakpoint. */
389
390 int default_breakpoint_valid;
391 CORE_ADDR default_breakpoint_address;
392 struct symtab *default_breakpoint_symtab;
393 int default_breakpoint_line;
394 \f
395 /* *PP is a string denoting a breakpoint. Get the number of the breakpoint.
396 Advance *PP after the string and any trailing whitespace.
397
398 Currently the string can either be a number or "$" followed by the name
399 of a convenience variable. Making it an expression wouldn't work well
400 for map_breakpoint_numbers (e.g. "4 + 5 + 6").
401
402 If the string is a NULL pointer, that denotes the last breakpoint.
403
404 TRAILER is a character which can be found after the number; most
405 commonly this is `-'. If you don't want a trailer, use \0. */
406 static int
407 get_number_trailer (char **pp, int trailer)
408 {
409 int retval = 0; /* default */
410 char *p = *pp;
411
412 if (p == NULL)
413 /* Empty line means refer to the last breakpoint. */
414 return breakpoint_count;
415 else if (*p == '$')
416 {
417 /* Make a copy of the name, so we can null-terminate it
418 to pass to lookup_internalvar(). */
419 char *varname;
420 char *start = ++p;
421 struct value *val;
422
423 while (isalnum (*p) || *p == '_')
424 p++;
425 varname = (char *) alloca (p - start + 1);
426 strncpy (varname, start, p - start);
427 varname[p - start] = '\0';
428 val = value_of_internalvar (lookup_internalvar (varname));
429 if (TYPE_CODE (value_type (val)) == TYPE_CODE_INT)
430 retval = (int) value_as_long (val);
431 else
432 {
433 printf_filtered (_("Convenience variable must have integer value.\n"));
434 retval = 0;
435 }
436 }
437 else
438 {
439 if (*p == '-')
440 ++p;
441 while (*p >= '0' && *p <= '9')
442 ++p;
443 if (p == *pp)
444 /* There is no number here. (e.g. "cond a == b"). */
445 {
446 /* Skip non-numeric token */
447 while (*p && !isspace((int) *p))
448 ++p;
449 /* Return zero, which caller must interpret as error. */
450 retval = 0;
451 }
452 else
453 retval = atoi (*pp);
454 }
455 if (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
456 {
457 /* Trailing junk: return 0 and let caller print error msg. */
458 while (!(isspace (*p) || *p == '\0' || *p == trailer))
459 ++p;
460 retval = 0;
461 }
462 while (isspace (*p))
463 p++;
464 *pp = p;
465 return retval;
466 }
467
468
469 /* Like get_number_trailer, but don't allow a trailer. */
470 int
471 get_number (char **pp)
472 {
473 return get_number_trailer (pp, '\0');
474 }
475
476 /* Parse a number or a range.
477 * A number will be of the form handled by get_number.
478 * A range will be of the form <number1> - <number2>, and
479 * will represent all the integers between number1 and number2,
480 * inclusive.
481 *
482 * While processing a range, this fuction is called iteratively;
483 * At each call it will return the next value in the range.
484 *
485 * At the beginning of parsing a range, the char pointer PP will
486 * be advanced past <number1> and left pointing at the '-' token.
487 * Subsequent calls will not advance the pointer until the range
488 * is completed. The call that completes the range will advance
489 * pointer PP past <number2>.
490 */
491
492 int
493 get_number_or_range (char **pp)
494 {
495 static int last_retval, end_value;
496 static char *end_ptr;
497 static int in_range = 0;
498
499 if (**pp != '-')
500 {
501 /* Default case: pp is pointing either to a solo number,
502 or to the first number of a range. */
503 last_retval = get_number_trailer (pp, '-');
504 if (**pp == '-')
505 {
506 char **temp;
507
508 /* This is the start of a range (<number1> - <number2>).
509 Skip the '-', parse and remember the second number,
510 and also remember the end of the final token. */
511
512 temp = &end_ptr;
513 end_ptr = *pp + 1;
514 while (isspace ((int) *end_ptr))
515 end_ptr++; /* skip white space */
516 end_value = get_number (temp);
517 if (end_value < last_retval)
518 {
519 error (_("inverted range"));
520 }
521 else if (end_value == last_retval)
522 {
523 /* degenerate range (number1 == number2). Advance the
524 token pointer so that the range will be treated as a
525 single number. */
526 *pp = end_ptr;
527 }
528 else
529 in_range = 1;
530 }
531 }
532 else if (! in_range)
533 error (_("negative value"));
534 else
535 {
536 /* pp points to the '-' that betokens a range. All
537 number-parsing has already been done. Return the next
538 integer value (one greater than the saved previous value).
539 Do not advance the token pointer 'pp' until the end of range
540 is reached. */
541
542 if (++last_retval == end_value)
543 {
544 /* End of range reached; advance token pointer. */
545 *pp = end_ptr;
546 in_range = 0;
547 }
548 }
549 return last_retval;
550 }
551
552
553 \f
554 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
555
556 static void
557 condition_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
558 {
559 struct breakpoint *b;
560 char *p;
561 int bnum;
562
563 if (arg == 0)
564 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
565
566 p = arg;
567 bnum = get_number (&p);
568 if (bnum == 0)
569 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg);
570
571 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
572 if (b->number == bnum)
573 {
574 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
575 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
576 {
577 if (loc->cond)
578 {
579 xfree (loc->cond);
580 loc->cond = 0;
581 }
582 }
583 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
584 xfree (b->cond_string);
585
586 if (*p == 0)
587 {
588 b->cond_string = NULL;
589 if (from_tty)
590 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), bnum);
591 }
592 else
593 {
594 arg = p;
595 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
596 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
597 b->cond_string = savestring (arg, strlen (arg));
598 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
599 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
600 {
601 arg = p;
602 loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (loc->address), 0);
603 if (*arg)
604 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
605 }
606 }
607 breakpoints_changed ();
608 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
609 return;
610 }
611
612 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
613 }
614
615 static void
616 commands_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
617 {
618 struct breakpoint *b;
619 char *p;
620 int bnum;
621 struct command_line *l;
622
623 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
624 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
625 being read from. */
626
627 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
628 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
629
630 p = arg;
631 bnum = get_number (&p);
632
633 if (p && *p)
634 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
635
636 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
637 if (b->number == bnum)
638 {
639 char *tmpbuf = xstrprintf ("Type commands for when breakpoint %d is hit, one per line.",
640 bnum);
641 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, tmpbuf);
642 l = read_command_lines (tmpbuf, from_tty);
643 do_cleanups (cleanups);
644 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
645 b->commands = l;
646 breakpoints_changed ();
647 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
648 return;
649 }
650 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
651 }
652
653 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
654 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
655
656 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
657 that are part of if and while bodies. */
658 enum command_control_type
659 commands_from_control_command (char *arg, struct command_line *cmd)
660 {
661 struct breakpoint *b;
662 char *p;
663 int bnum;
664
665 /* If we allowed this, we would have problems with when to
666 free the storage, if we change the commands currently
667 being read from. */
668
669 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
670 error (_("Can't use the \"commands\" command among a breakpoint's commands."));
671
672 /* An empty string for the breakpoint number means the last
673 breakpoint, but get_number expects a NULL pointer. */
674 if (arg && !*arg)
675 p = NULL;
676 else
677 p = arg;
678 bnum = get_number (&p);
679
680 if (p && *p)
681 error (_("Unexpected extra arguments following breakpoint number."));
682
683 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
684 if (b->number == bnum)
685 {
686 free_command_lines (&b->commands);
687 if (cmd->body_count != 1)
688 error (_("Invalid \"commands\" block structure."));
689 /* We need to copy the commands because if/while will free the
690 list after it finishes execution. */
691 b->commands = copy_command_lines (cmd->body_list[0]);
692 breakpoints_changed ();
693 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
694 return simple_control;
695 }
696 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum);
697 }
698 \f
699 /* Like target_read_memory() but if breakpoints are inserted, return
700 the shadow contents instead of the breakpoints themselves.
701
702 Read "memory data" from whatever target or inferior we have.
703 Returns zero if successful, errno value if not. EIO is used
704 for address out of bounds. If breakpoints are inserted, returns
705 shadow contents, not the breakpoints themselves. From breakpoint.c. */
706
707 int
708 read_memory_nobpt (CORE_ADDR memaddr, gdb_byte *myaddr, unsigned len)
709 {
710 int status;
711 struct bp_location *b;
712 CORE_ADDR bp_addr = 0;
713 int bp_size = 0;
714
715 if (gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (current_gdbarch, &bp_addr, &bp_size) == NULL)
716 /* No breakpoints on this machine. */
717 return target_read_memory (memaddr, myaddr, len);
718
719 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
720 {
721 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
722 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
723 b->owner->number);
724
725 if (b->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
726 continue;
727 if (!b->inserted)
728 continue;
729 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
730 we need to copy. */
731 bp_addr = b->target_info.placed_address;
732 bp_size = b->target_info.shadow_len;
733 if (bp_size == 0)
734 /* bp isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
735 continue;
736 if (bp_addr + bp_size <= memaddr)
737 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
738 are reading. */
739 continue;
740 if (bp_addr >= memaddr + len)
741 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
742 reading. */
743 continue;
744 /* Copy the breakpoint from the shadow contents, and recurse for
745 the things before and after. */
746 {
747 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
748 int bptoffset = 0;
749
750 if (bp_addr < memaddr)
751 {
752 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
753 bp_size -= memaddr - bp_addr;
754 bptoffset = memaddr - bp_addr;
755 bp_addr = memaddr;
756 }
757
758 if (bp_addr + bp_size > memaddr + len)
759 {
760 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
761 bp_size -= (bp_addr + bp_size) - (memaddr + len);
762 }
763
764 memcpy (myaddr + bp_addr - memaddr,
765 b->target_info.shadow_contents + bptoffset, bp_size);
766
767 if (bp_addr > memaddr)
768 {
769 /* Copy the section of memory before the breakpoint. */
770 status = read_memory_nobpt (memaddr, myaddr, bp_addr - memaddr);
771 if (status != 0)
772 return status;
773 }
774
775 if (bp_addr + bp_size < memaddr + len)
776 {
777 /* Copy the section of memory after the breakpoint. */
778 status = read_memory_nobpt (bp_addr + bp_size,
779 myaddr + bp_addr + bp_size - memaddr,
780 memaddr + len - (bp_addr + bp_size));
781 if (status != 0)
782 return status;
783 }
784 return 0;
785 }
786 }
787 /* Nothing overlaps. Just call read_memory_noerr. */
788 return target_read_memory (memaddr, myaddr, len);
789 }
790 \f
791
792 /* A wrapper function for inserting catchpoints. */
793 static void
794 insert_catchpoint (struct ui_out *uo, void *args)
795 {
796 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) args;
797 int val = -1;
798
799 switch (b->type)
800 {
801 case bp_catch_fork:
802 target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
803 break;
804 case bp_catch_vfork:
805 target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
806 break;
807 case bp_catch_exec:
808 target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
809 break;
810 default:
811 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
812 break;
813 }
814 }
815
816 /* Helper routine: free the value chain for a breakpoint (watchpoint). */
817
818 static void
819 free_valchain (struct bp_location *b)
820 {
821 struct value *v;
822 struct value *n;
823
824 /* Free the saved value chain. We will construct a new one
825 the next time the watchpoint is inserted. */
826 for (v = b->owner->val_chain; v; v = n)
827 {
828 n = value_next (v);
829 value_free (v);
830 }
831 b->owner->val_chain = NULL;
832 }
833
834 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BPT is the breakpoint.
835 Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and DISABLED_BREAKS,
836 PROCESS_WARNING, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
837
838 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an object-style
839 method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
840 static int
841 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location *bpt,
842 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream,
843 int *disabled_breaks, int *process_warning,
844 int *hw_breakpoint_error)
845 {
846 int val = 0;
847
848 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. Disabled
849 breakpoints should not be inserted. */
850 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner))
851 return 0;
852
853 if (!bpt->enabled || bpt->shlib_disabled || bpt->inserted || bpt->duplicate)
854 return 0;
855
856 /* Initialize the target-specific information. */
857 memset (&bpt->target_info, 0, sizeof (bpt->target_info));
858 bpt->target_info.placed_address = bpt->address;
859
860 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
861 || bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
862 {
863 if (bpt->owner->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint)
864 {
865 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
866 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
867 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
868 Two important cases are:
869 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
870 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
871 hardware breakpoint.
872 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write.
873 This means we've previously made the location hardware one, but
874 then the memory map changed, so we undo.
875
876 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will
877 use location types we've just set here, the only possible
878 problem is that memory map has changed during running program,
879 but it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
880 struct mem_region *mr
881 = lookup_mem_region (bpt->target_info.placed_address);
882
883 if (mr)
884 {
885 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints)
886 {
887 int changed = 0;
888 enum bp_loc_type new_type;
889
890 if (mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
891 new_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
892 else
893 new_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
894
895 if (new_type != bpt->loc_type)
896 {
897 static int said = 0;
898 bpt->loc_type = new_type;
899 if (!said)
900 {
901 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout, _("\
902 Note: automatically using hardware breakpoints for read-only addresses.\n"));
903 said = 1;
904 }
905 }
906 }
907 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
908 && mr->attrib.mode != MEM_RW)
909 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint at readonly address %s"),
910 paddr (bpt->address));
911 }
912 }
913
914 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
915 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
916 || bpt->section == NULL
917 || !(section_is_overlay (bpt->section)))
918 {
919 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
920
921 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
922 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
923 else
924 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
925 }
926 else
927 {
928 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
929 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
930 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
931 {
932 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
933 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
934 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
935 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
936 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
937 bpt->owner->number);
938 else
939 {
940 CORE_ADDR addr = overlay_unmapped_address (bpt->address,
941 bpt->section);
942 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
943 bpt->overlay_target_info = bpt->target_info;
944 bpt->overlay_target_info.placed_address = addr;
945 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->overlay_target_info);
946 if (val != 0)
947 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
948 "Overlay breakpoint %d failed: in ROM?",
949 bpt->owner->number);
950 }
951 }
952 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
953 if (section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
954 {
955 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
956 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
957 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
958 else
959 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
960 }
961 else
962 {
963 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
964 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
965 return 0;
966 }
967 }
968
969 if (val)
970 {
971 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
972 if (solib_address (bpt->address))
973 {
974 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
975 val = 0;
976 bpt->shlib_disabled = 1;
977 if (!*disabled_breaks)
978 {
979 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
980 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
981 bpt->owner->number);
982 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
983 "Temporarily disabling shared library breakpoints:\n");
984 }
985 *disabled_breaks = 1;
986 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
987 "breakpoint #%d\n", bpt->owner->number);
988 }
989 else
990 {
991 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
992 *process_warning = 1;
993 #endif
994 if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
995 {
996 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
997 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
998 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n",
999 bpt->owner->number);
1000 }
1001 else
1002 {
1003 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1004 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
1005 bpt->owner->number);
1006 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1007 "Error accessing memory address ");
1008 deprecated_print_address_numeric (bpt->address, 1, tmp_error_stream);
1009 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1010 safe_strerror (val));
1011 }
1012
1013 }
1014 }
1015 else
1016 bpt->inserted = 1;
1017
1018 return val;
1019 }
1020
1021 else if (bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1022 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
1023 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
1024 && bpt->owner->disposition != disp_del_at_next_stop)
1025 {
1026 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-08: This code sets multiple hardware watchpoints
1027 based on the expression. Ideally this should happen at a higher level,
1028 and there should be one bp_location for each computed address we
1029 must watch. As soon as a many-to-one mapping is available I'll
1030 convert this. */
1031
1032 int within_current_scope;
1033 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
1034 struct value *v;
1035 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
1036
1037 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1038 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1039 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1040 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1041 selected frame. */
1042 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
1043
1044 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1045 if (bpt->owner->exp_valid_block == NULL)
1046 within_current_scope = 1;
1047 else
1048 {
1049 struct frame_info *fi;
1050 fi = frame_find_by_id (bpt->owner->watchpoint_frame);
1051 within_current_scope = (fi != NULL);
1052 if (within_current_scope)
1053 select_frame (fi);
1054 }
1055
1056 if (within_current_scope)
1057 {
1058 free_valchain (bpt);
1059
1060 /* Evaluate the expression and cut the chain of values
1061 produced off from the value chain.
1062
1063 Make sure the value returned isn't lazy; we use
1064 laziness to determine what memory GDB actually needed
1065 in order to compute the value of the expression. */
1066 v = evaluate_expression (bpt->owner->exp);
1067 value_contents (v);
1068 value_release_to_mark (mark);
1069
1070 bpt->owner->val_chain = v;
1071 bpt->inserted = 1;
1072
1073 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1074 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
1075 {
1076 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1077 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1078 must watch it. */
1079 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1080 && ! value_lazy (v))
1081 {
1082 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1083
1084 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1085 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1086 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1087 if (v == bpt->owner->val_chain
1088 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1089 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1090 {
1091 CORE_ADDR addr;
1092 int len, type;
1093
1094 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
1095 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1096 type = hw_write;
1097 if (bpt->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1098 type = hw_read;
1099 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1100 type = hw_access;
1101
1102 val = target_insert_watchpoint (addr, len, type);
1103 if (val == -1)
1104 {
1105 /* Don't exit the loop, try to insert
1106 every value on the value chain. That's
1107 because we will be removing all the
1108 watches below, and removing a
1109 watchpoint we didn't insert could have
1110 adverse effects. */
1111 bpt->inserted = 0;
1112 }
1113 val = 0;
1114 }
1115 }
1116 }
1117 /* Failure to insert a watchpoint on any memory value in the
1118 value chain brings us here. */
1119 if (!bpt->inserted)
1120 {
1121 remove_breakpoint (bpt, mark_uninserted);
1122 *hw_breakpoint_error = 1;
1123 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1124 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
1125 bpt->owner->number);
1126 val = -1;
1127 }
1128 }
1129 else
1130 {
1131 printf_filtered (_("\
1132 Hardware watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block \n\
1133 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1134 bpt->owner->number);
1135 if (bpt->owner->related_breakpoint)
1136 bpt->owner->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1137 bpt->owner->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
1138 }
1139
1140 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1141 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
1142
1143 return val;
1144 }
1145
1146 else if (ep_is_exception_catchpoint (bpt->owner))
1147 {
1148 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: This code sets both a catchpoint and a
1149 breakpoint. Once again, it would be better if this was represented
1150 as two bp_locations. */
1151
1152 /* If we get here, we must have a callback mechanism for exception
1153 events -- with g++ style embedded label support, we insert
1154 ordinary breakpoints and not catchpoints. */
1155 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&bpt->target_info);
1156 if (val)
1157 {
1158 /* Couldn't set breakpoint for some reason */
1159 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1160 "Cannot insert catchpoint %d; disabling it.\n",
1161 bpt->owner->number);
1162 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream,
1163 "Error accessing memory address ");
1164 deprecated_print_address_numeric (bpt->address, 1, tmp_error_stream);
1165 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
1166 safe_strerror (val));
1167 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1168 }
1169 else
1170 {
1171 /* Bp set, now make sure callbacks are enabled */
1172 /* Format possible error msg */
1173 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error inserting catchpoint %d:\n",
1174 bpt->owner->number);
1175 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
1176 int val;
1177 args_for_catchpoint_enable args;
1178 args.kind = bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_catch ?
1179 EX_EVENT_CATCH : EX_EVENT_THROW;
1180 args.enable_p = 1;
1181 val = catch_errors (cover_target_enable_exception_callback,
1182 &args, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
1183 do_cleanups (cleanups);
1184 if (val != 0 && val != -1)
1185 bpt->inserted = 1;
1186
1187 /* Check if something went wrong; val == 0 can be ignored */
1188 if (val == -1)
1189 {
1190 /* something went wrong */
1191 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1192 "Cannot insert catchpoint %d; disabling it.\n",
1193 bpt->owner->number);
1194 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1195 }
1196 }
1197
1198 return val;
1199 }
1200
1201 else if (bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_fork
1202 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork
1203 || bpt->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1204 {
1205 struct gdb_exception e = catch_exception (uiout, insert_catchpoint,
1206 bpt->owner, RETURN_MASK_ERROR);
1207 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr, e, "warning: inserting catchpoint %d: ",
1208 bpt->owner->number);
1209 if (e.reason < 0)
1210 bpt->owner->enable_state = bp_disabled;
1211 else
1212 bpt->inserted = 1;
1213
1214 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
1215 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
1216 so just return success. */
1217 return 0;
1218 }
1219
1220 return 0;
1221 }
1222
1223 /* insert_breakpoints is used when starting or continuing the program.
1224 remove_breakpoints is used when the program stops.
1225 Both return zero if successful,
1226 or an `errno' value if could not write the inferior. */
1227
1228 int
1229 insert_breakpoints (void)
1230 {
1231 struct bp_location *b, *temp;
1232 int return_val = 0; /* return success code. */
1233 int val = 0;
1234 int disabled_breaks = 0;
1235 int hw_breakpoint_error = 0;
1236 int process_warning = 0;
1237
1238 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1239 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1240
1241 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
1242 there was an error. */
1243 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Warning:\n");
1244
1245 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_SAFE (b, temp)
1246 {
1247 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. Disabled
1248 breakpoints should not be inserted. */
1249 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b->owner))
1250 continue;
1251
1252 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if the
1253 thread no longer exists. */
1254 if (b->owner->thread != -1
1255 && !valid_thread_id (b->owner->thread))
1256 continue;
1257
1258 /* FIXME drow/2003-10-07: This code should be pushed elsewhere when
1259 hardware watchpoints are split into multiple loc breakpoints. */
1260 if ((b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1261 || b->owner->type == bp_watchpoint) && !b->owner->val)
1262 {
1263 struct value *val;
1264 val = evaluate_expression (b->owner->exp);
1265 release_value (val);
1266 if (value_lazy (val))
1267 value_fetch_lazy (val);
1268 b->owner->val = val;
1269 }
1270
1271 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1272 &disabled_breaks, &process_warning,
1273 &hw_breakpoint_error);
1274 if (val)
1275 return_val = val;
1276 }
1277
1278 if (return_val)
1279 {
1280 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
1281 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
1282 if (hw_breakpoint_error)
1283 {
1284 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1285 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
1286 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
1287 }
1288 #ifdef ONE_PROCESS_WRITETEXT
1289 if (process_warning)
1290 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
1291 "The same program may be running in another process.");
1292 #endif
1293 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
1294 error_stream (tmp_error_stream);
1295 }
1296 return return_val;
1297 }
1298
1299 int
1300 remove_breakpoints (void)
1301 {
1302 struct bp_location *b;
1303 int val;
1304
1305 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1306 {
1307 if (b->inserted)
1308 {
1309 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1310 if (val != 0)
1311 return val;
1312 }
1313 }
1314 return 0;
1315 }
1316
1317 int
1318 remove_hw_watchpoints (void)
1319 {
1320 struct bp_location *b;
1321 int val;
1322
1323 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1324 {
1325 if (b->inserted && b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
1326 {
1327 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_uninserted);
1328 if (val != 0)
1329 return val;
1330 }
1331 }
1332 return 0;
1333 }
1334
1335 int
1336 reattach_breakpoints (int pid)
1337 {
1338 struct bp_location *b;
1339 int val;
1340 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1341 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
1342 int dummy1 = 0, dummy2 = 0, dummy3 = 0;
1343
1344 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
1345
1346 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1348 {
1349 if (b->inserted)
1350 {
1351 b->inserted = 0;
1352 val = insert_bp_location (b, tmp_error_stream,
1353 &dummy1, &dummy2, &dummy3);
1354 if (val != 0)
1355 {
1356 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1357 return val;
1358 }
1359 }
1360 }
1361 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1362 return 0;
1363 }
1364
1365 void
1366 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
1367 {
1368 struct breakpoint *b;
1369 struct breakpoint *temp;
1370
1371 /* Doing this first prevents the badness of having delete_breakpoint()
1372 write a breakpoint's current "shadow contents" to lift the bp. That
1373 shadow is NOT valid after an exec()! */
1374 mark_breakpoints_out ();
1375
1376 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1377 {
1378 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
1379 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
1380 {
1381 delete_breakpoint (b);
1382 continue;
1383 }
1384
1385 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
1386 as must overlay event breakpoints. */
1387 if (b->type == bp_thread_event || b->type == bp_overlay_event)
1388 {
1389 delete_breakpoint (b);
1390 continue;
1391 }
1392
1393 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
1394 if (b->type == bp_step_resume)
1395 {
1396 delete_breakpoint (b);
1397 continue;
1398 }
1399
1400 /* Ditto the exception-handling catchpoints. */
1401 if ((b->type == bp_catch_catch) || (b->type == bp_catch_throw))
1402 {
1403 delete_breakpoint (b);
1404 continue;
1405 }
1406
1407 /* Don't delete an exec catchpoint, because else the inferior
1408 won't stop when it ought!
1409
1410 Similarly, we probably ought to keep vfork catchpoints, 'cause
1411 on this target, we may not be able to stop when the vfork is
1412 seen, but only when the subsequent exec is seen. (And because
1413 deleting fork catchpoints here but not vfork catchpoints will
1414 seem mysterious to users, keep those too.) */
1415 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec) ||
1416 (b->type == bp_catch_vfork) ||
1417 (b->type == bp_catch_fork))
1418 {
1419 continue;
1420 }
1421
1422 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
1423 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
1424 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
1425 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
1426 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
1427 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
1428
1429 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
1430 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
1431 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
1432 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
1433 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
1434 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
1435 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
1436
1437 In the absense of a general solution for the "how do we know
1438 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
1439 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
1440 let finish_command delete it.
1441
1442 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
1443 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
1444 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
1445 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
1446 solib breakpoints.) */
1447
1448 if (b->type == bp_finish)
1449 {
1450 continue;
1451 }
1452
1453 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
1454 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
1455 a.out. */
1456 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
1457 {
1458 delete_breakpoint (b);
1459 continue;
1460 }
1461 }
1462 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
1463 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
1464 }
1465
1466 int
1467 detach_breakpoints (int pid)
1468 {
1469 struct bp_location *b;
1470 int val;
1471 struct cleanup *old_chain = save_inferior_ptid ();
1472
1473 if (pid == PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
1474 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
1475
1476 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint uses this global. */
1477 inferior_ptid = pid_to_ptid (pid);
1478 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
1479 {
1480 if (b->inserted)
1481 {
1482 val = remove_breakpoint (b, mark_inserted);
1483 if (val != 0)
1484 {
1485 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1486 return val;
1487 }
1488 }
1489 }
1490 do_cleanups (old_chain);
1491 return 0;
1492 }
1493
1494 static int
1495 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location *b, insertion_state_t is)
1496 {
1497 int val;
1498
1499 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1500 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
1501 return 0;
1502
1503 if (b->owner->type == bp_none)
1504 warning (_("attempted to remove apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1505 b->owner->number);
1506
1507 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1508 || b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1509 {
1510 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
1511 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
1512 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
1513
1514 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
1515 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_off
1516 || b->section == NULL
1517 || !(section_is_overlay (b->section)))
1518 {
1519 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
1520
1521 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1522 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1523 else
1524 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1525 }
1526 else
1527 {
1528 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
1529 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
1530 if (!overlay_events_enabled)
1531 {
1532 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
1533 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
1534 */
1535 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
1536 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
1537 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1538 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1539 else
1540 target_remove_breakpoint (&b->overlay_target_info);
1541 }
1542 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
1543 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
1544 if (b->inserted)
1545 {
1546 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
1547 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
1548 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
1549 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
1550 if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1551 val = target_remove_hw_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1552
1553 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
1554 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
1555 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
1556 else if (section_is_mapped (b->section))
1557 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1558 else
1559 val = 0;
1560 }
1561 else
1562 {
1563 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
1564 val = 0;
1565 }
1566 }
1567 if (val)
1568 return val;
1569 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1570 }
1571 else if (b->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
1572 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1573 && !b->duplicate)
1574 {
1575 struct value *v;
1576 struct value *n;
1577
1578 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1579 /* Walk down the saved value chain. */
1580 for (v = b->owner->val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
1581 {
1582 /* For each memory reference remove the watchpoint
1583 at that address. */
1584 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
1585 && ! value_lazy (v))
1586 {
1587 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
1588
1589 if (v == b->owner->val_chain
1590 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1591 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
1592 {
1593 CORE_ADDR addr;
1594 int len, type;
1595
1596 addr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
1597 len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
1598 type = hw_write;
1599 if (b->owner->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
1600 type = hw_read;
1601 else if (b->owner->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
1602 type = hw_access;
1603
1604 val = target_remove_watchpoint (addr, len, type);
1605 if (val == -1)
1606 b->inserted = 1;
1607 val = 0;
1608 }
1609 }
1610 }
1611 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
1612 if ((is == mark_uninserted) && (b->inserted))
1613 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
1614 b->owner->number);
1615 }
1616 else if ((b->owner->type == bp_catch_fork ||
1617 b->owner->type == bp_catch_vfork ||
1618 b->owner->type == bp_catch_exec)
1619 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1620 && !b->duplicate)
1621 {
1622 val = -1;
1623 switch (b->owner->type)
1624 {
1625 case bp_catch_fork:
1626 val = target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1627 break;
1628 case bp_catch_vfork:
1629 val = target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1630 break;
1631 case bp_catch_exec:
1632 val = target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
1633 break;
1634 default:
1635 warning (_("Internal error, %s line %d."), __FILE__, __LINE__);
1636 break;
1637 }
1638 if (val)
1639 return val;
1640 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1641 }
1642 else if ((b->owner->type == bp_catch_catch ||
1643 b->owner->type == bp_catch_throw)
1644 && breakpoint_enabled (b->owner)
1645 && !b->duplicate)
1646 {
1647 val = target_remove_breakpoint (&b->target_info);
1648 if (val)
1649 return val;
1650 b->inserted = (is == mark_inserted);
1651 }
1652
1653 return 0;
1654 }
1655
1656 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
1657
1658 void
1659 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
1660 {
1661 struct bp_location *bpt;
1662
1663 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1664 bpt->inserted = 0;
1665 }
1666
1667 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
1668 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
1669
1670 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
1671 between runs.
1672
1673 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
1674 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
1675 init_wait_for_inferior). */
1676
1677
1678
1679 void
1680 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context)
1681 {
1682 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
1683 struct bp_location *bpt;
1684
1685 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1686 bpt->inserted = 0;
1687
1688 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
1689 {
1690 switch (b->type)
1691 {
1692 case bp_call_dummy:
1693 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
1694
1695 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
1696 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better
1697 get rid of it.
1698
1699 Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
1700 delete_breakpoint (b);
1701 break;
1702
1703 case bp_watchpoint:
1704 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
1705 case bp_read_watchpoint:
1706 case bp_access_watchpoint:
1707
1708 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
1709 if (b->exp_valid_block != NULL)
1710 delete_breakpoint (b);
1711 else if (context == inf_starting)
1712 {
1713 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value
1714 in insert_breakpoints. */
1715 if (b->val)
1716 value_free (b->val);
1717 b->val = NULL;
1718 }
1719 break;
1720 default:
1721 break;
1722 }
1723 }
1724 }
1725
1726 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
1727 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
1728 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
1729 permanent breakpoint.
1730 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
1731 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
1732 - When continuing from a localion with a permanent breakpoint, we
1733 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
1734 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
1735
1736 enum breakpoint_here
1737 breakpoint_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1738 {
1739 struct bp_location *bpt;
1740 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1741
1742 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1743 {
1744 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1745 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1746 continue;
1747
1748 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1749 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1750 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1751 {
1752 if (overlay_debugging
1753 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1754 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1755 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1756 else if (bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1757 return permanent_breakpoint_here;
1758 else
1759 any_breakpoint_here = 1;
1760 }
1761 }
1762
1763 return any_breakpoint_here ? ordinary_breakpoint_here : 0;
1764 }
1765
1766
1767 /* breakpoint_inserted_here_p (PC) is just like breakpoint_here_p(),
1768 but it only returns true if there is actually a breakpoint inserted
1769 at PC. */
1770
1771 int
1772 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1773 {
1774 struct bp_location *bpt;
1775
1776 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1777 {
1778 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1779 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1780 continue;
1781
1782 if (bpt->inserted
1783 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is inserted and matches pc */
1784 {
1785 if (overlay_debugging
1786 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1787 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1788 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1789 else
1790 return 1;
1791 }
1792 }
1793
1794 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1795 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1796 return 1;
1797
1798 return 0;
1799 }
1800
1801 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
1802 inserted at PC. */
1803
1804 int
1805 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
1806 {
1807 struct bp_location *bpt;
1808 int any_breakpoint_here = 0;
1809
1810 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1811 {
1812 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
1813 continue;
1814
1815 if (bpt->inserted
1816 && bpt->address == pc) /* bp is enabled and matches pc */
1817 {
1818 if (overlay_debugging
1819 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1820 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1821 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1822 else
1823 return 1;
1824 }
1825 }
1826
1827 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
1828 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (pc))
1829 return 1;
1830
1831 return 0;
1832 }
1833
1834 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
1835 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
1836
1837 int
1838 breakpoint_thread_match (CORE_ADDR pc, ptid_t ptid)
1839 {
1840 struct bp_location *bpt;
1841 int thread;
1842
1843 thread = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
1844
1845 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
1846 {
1847 if (bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_software_breakpoint
1848 && bpt->loc_type != bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint)
1849 continue;
1850
1851 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
1852 || bpt->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
1853 && bpt->address == pc
1854 && (bpt->owner->thread == -1 || bpt->owner->thread == thread))
1855 {
1856 if (overlay_debugging
1857 && section_is_overlay (bpt->section)
1858 && !section_is_mapped (bpt->section))
1859 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
1860 else
1861 return 1;
1862 }
1863 }
1864
1865 return 0;
1866 }
1867 \f
1868
1869 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
1870 in breakpoint.h. */
1871
1872 int
1873 ep_is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1874 {
1875 return
1876 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1877 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload)
1878 || (ep->type == bp_catch_fork)
1879 || (ep->type == bp_catch_vfork)
1880 || (ep->type == bp_catch_exec)
1881 || (ep->type == bp_catch_catch)
1882 || (ep->type == bp_catch_throw);
1883
1884 /* ??rehrauer: Add more kinds here, as are implemented... */
1885 }
1886
1887 int
1888 ep_is_shlib_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1889 {
1890 return
1891 (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
1892 || (ep->type == bp_catch_unload);
1893 }
1894
1895 int
1896 ep_is_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *ep)
1897 {
1898 return
1899 (ep->type == bp_catch_catch)
1900 || (ep->type == bp_catch_throw);
1901 }
1902
1903 void
1904 bpstat_free (bpstat bs)
1905 {
1906 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1907 value_free (bs->old_val);
1908 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
1909 xfree (bs);
1910 }
1911
1912 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
1913 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
1914
1915 void
1916 bpstat_clear (bpstat *bsp)
1917 {
1918 bpstat p;
1919 bpstat q;
1920
1921 if (bsp == 0)
1922 return;
1923 p = *bsp;
1924 while (p != NULL)
1925 {
1926 q = p->next;
1927 bpstat_free (p);
1928 p = q;
1929 }
1930 *bsp = NULL;
1931 }
1932
1933 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
1934 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
1935
1936 bpstat
1937 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs)
1938 {
1939 bpstat p = NULL;
1940 bpstat tmp;
1941 bpstat retval = NULL;
1942
1943 if (bs == NULL)
1944 return bs;
1945
1946 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
1947 {
1948 tmp = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp));
1949 memcpy (tmp, bs, sizeof (*tmp));
1950 if (bs->commands != NULL)
1951 tmp->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
1952 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
1953 tmp->old_val = value_copy (bs->old_val);
1954
1955 if (p == NULL)
1956 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
1957 retval = tmp;
1958 else
1959 p->next = tmp;
1960 p = tmp;
1961 }
1962 p->next = NULL;
1963 return retval;
1964 }
1965
1966 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint */
1967
1968 bpstat
1969 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp, struct breakpoint *breakpoint)
1970 {
1971 if (bsp == NULL)
1972 return NULL;
1973
1974 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
1975 {
1976 if (bsp->breakpoint_at && bsp->breakpoint_at->owner == breakpoint)
1977 return bsp;
1978 }
1979 return NULL;
1980 }
1981
1982 /* Find a step_resume breakpoint associated with this bpstat.
1983 (If there are multiple step_resume bp's on the list, this function
1984 will arbitrarily pick one.)
1985
1986 It is an error to use this function if BPSTAT doesn't contain a
1987 step_resume breakpoint.
1988
1989 See wait_for_inferior's use of this function. */
1990 struct breakpoint *
1991 bpstat_find_step_resume_breakpoint (bpstat bsp)
1992 {
1993 int current_thread;
1994
1995 gdb_assert (bsp != NULL);
1996
1997 current_thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
1998
1999 for (; bsp != NULL; bsp = bsp->next)
2000 {
2001 if ((bsp->breakpoint_at != NULL) &&
2002 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->type == bp_step_resume) &&
2003 (bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == current_thread ||
2004 bsp->breakpoint_at->owner->thread == -1))
2005 return bsp->breakpoint_at->owner;
2006 }
2007
2008 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("No step_resume breakpoint found."));
2009 }
2010
2011
2012 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are stopped
2013 at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the remaining
2014 breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be good for
2015 anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
2016 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
2017 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
2018 we set it.
2019 Return 1 otherwise. */
2020
2021 int
2022 bpstat_num (bpstat *bsp, int *num)
2023 {
2024 struct breakpoint *b;
2025
2026 if ((*bsp) == NULL)
2027 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
2028
2029 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that
2030 correspond to a single breakpoint -- otherwise,
2031 this function might return the same number more
2032 than once and this will look ugly. */
2033 b = (*bsp)->breakpoint_at ? (*bsp)->breakpoint_at->owner : NULL;
2034 *bsp = (*bsp)->next;
2035 if (b == NULL)
2036 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
2037
2038 *num = b->number; /* We have its number */
2039 return 1;
2040 }
2041
2042 /* Modify BS so that the actions will not be performed. */
2043
2044 void
2045 bpstat_clear_actions (bpstat bs)
2046 {
2047 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2048 {
2049 free_command_lines (&bs->commands);
2050 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2051 {
2052 value_free (bs->old_val);
2053 bs->old_val = NULL;
2054 }
2055 }
2056 }
2057
2058 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint command */
2059 static void
2060 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore)
2061 {
2062 executing_breakpoint_commands = 0;
2063 }
2064
2065 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at this
2066 location. Any of these commands could cause the process to proceed
2067 beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by checking
2068 the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command. */
2069
2070 void
2071 bpstat_do_actions (bpstat *bsp)
2072 {
2073 bpstat bs;
2074 struct cleanup *old_chain;
2075
2076 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
2077 in bs->commands. */
2078 if (executing_breakpoint_commands)
2079 return;
2080
2081 executing_breakpoint_commands = 1;
2082 old_chain = make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints, 0);
2083
2084 top:
2085 /* Note that (as of this writing), our callers all appear to
2086 be passing us the address of global stop_bpstat. And, if
2087 our calls to execute_control_command cause the inferior to
2088 proceed, that global (and hence, *bsp) will change.
2089
2090 We must be careful to not touch *bsp unless the inferior
2091 has not proceeded. */
2092
2093 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
2094 bs = *bsp;
2095
2096 breakpoint_proceeded = 0;
2097 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
2098 {
2099 struct command_line *cmd;
2100 struct cleanup *this_cmd_tree_chain;
2101
2102 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
2103
2104 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
2105 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
2106 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
2107 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
2108 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
2109 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
2110 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
2111 the tree when we're done. */
2112 cmd = bs->commands;
2113 bs->commands = 0;
2114 this_cmd_tree_chain = make_cleanup_free_command_lines (&cmd);
2115
2116 while (cmd != NULL)
2117 {
2118 execute_control_command (cmd);
2119
2120 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2121 break;
2122 else
2123 cmd = cmd->next;
2124 }
2125
2126 /* We can free this command tree now. */
2127 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain);
2128
2129 if (breakpoint_proceeded)
2130 /* The inferior is proceeded by the command; bomb out now.
2131 The bpstat chain has been blown away by wait_for_inferior.
2132 But since execution has stopped again, there is a new bpstat
2133 to look at, so start over. */
2134 goto top;
2135 }
2136 do_cleanups (old_chain);
2137 }
2138
2139 /* This is the normal print function for a bpstat. In the future,
2140 much of this logic could (should?) be moved to bpstat_stop_status,
2141 by having it set different print_it values.
2142
2143 Current scheme: When we stop, bpstat_print() is called. It loops
2144 through the bpstat list of things causing this stop, calling the
2145 print_bp_stop_message function on each one. The behavior of the
2146 print_bp_stop_message function depends on the print_it field of
2147 bpstat. If such field so indicates, call this function here.
2148
2149 Return values from this routine (ultimately used by bpstat_print()
2150 and normal_stop() to decide what to do):
2151 PRINT_NOTHING: Means we already printed all we needed to print,
2152 don't print anything else.
2153 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, and we do *not* desire
2154 that something to be followed by a location.
2155 PRINT_SCR_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and we *do* desire
2156 that something to be followed by a location.
2157 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing or we need to do some more
2158 analysis. */
2159
2160 static enum print_stop_action
2161 print_it_typical (bpstat bs)
2162 {
2163 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
2164 struct breakpoint *b;
2165 struct bp_location *bl;
2166 struct ui_stream *stb;
2167 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
2168 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
2169 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
2170 which has since been deleted. */
2171 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
2172 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2173 bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2174 b = bl->owner;
2175
2176 switch (b->type)
2177 {
2178 case bp_breakpoint:
2179 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
2180 if (bl->address != bl->requested_address)
2181 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl->requested_address,
2182 bl->address,
2183 b->number, 1);
2184 annotate_breakpoint (b->number);
2185 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nBreakpoint ");
2186 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2187 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "reason",
2188 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT));
2189 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "bkptno", b->number);
2190 ui_out_text (uiout, ", ");
2191 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2192 break;
2193
2194 case bp_shlib_event:
2195 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
2196 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
2197 to shlib event" message.) */
2198 printf_filtered (_("Stopped due to shared library event\n"));
2199 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2200 break;
2201
2202 case bp_thread_event:
2203 /* Not sure how we will get here.
2204 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
2205 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2206 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2207 break;
2208
2209 case bp_overlay_event:
2210 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
2211 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
2212 return PRINT_NOTHING;
2213 break;
2214
2215 case bp_catch_load:
2216 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2217 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (loaded %s), "),
2218 b->number,
2219 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2220 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2221 break;
2222
2223 case bp_catch_unload:
2224 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2225 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (unloaded %s), "),
2226 b->number,
2227 b->triggered_dll_pathname);
2228 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2229 break;
2230
2231 case bp_catch_fork:
2232 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2233 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (forked process %d), "),
2234 b->number,
2235 b->forked_inferior_pid);
2236 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2237 break;
2238
2239 case bp_catch_vfork:
2240 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2241 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (vforked process %d), "),
2242 b->number,
2243 b->forked_inferior_pid);
2244 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2245 break;
2246
2247 case bp_catch_exec:
2248 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2249 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exec'd %s), "),
2250 b->number,
2251 b->exec_pathname);
2252 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2253 break;
2254
2255 case bp_catch_catch:
2256 if (current_exception_event &&
2257 (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND == EX_EVENT_CATCH))
2258 {
2259 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2260 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception caught), "),
2261 b->number);
2262 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE)
2263 printf_filtered (_("throw location %s:%d, "),
2264 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_FILE,
2265 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE);
2266 else
2267 printf_filtered (_("throw location unknown, "));
2268
2269 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE)
2270 printf_filtered (_("catch location %s:%d\n"),
2271 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_FILE,
2272 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE);
2273 else
2274 printf_filtered (_("catch location unknown\n"));
2275
2276 /* don't bother to print location frame info */
2277 return PRINT_SRC_ONLY;
2278 }
2279 else
2280 {
2281 /* really throw, some other bpstat will handle it */
2282 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2283 }
2284 break;
2285
2286 case bp_catch_throw:
2287 if (current_exception_event &&
2288 (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND == EX_EVENT_THROW))
2289 {
2290 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
2291 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception thrown), "),
2292 b->number);
2293 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE)
2294 printf_filtered (_("throw location %s:%d, "),
2295 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_FILE,
2296 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_THROW_LINE);
2297 else
2298 printf_filtered (_("throw location unknown, "));
2299
2300 if (CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_PC && CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE)
2301 printf_filtered (_("catch location %s:%d\n"),
2302 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_FILE,
2303 CURRENT_EXCEPTION_CATCH_LINE);
2304 else
2305 printf_filtered (_("catch location unknown\n"));
2306
2307 /* don't bother to print location frame info */
2308 return PRINT_SRC_ONLY;
2309 }
2310 else
2311 {
2312 /* really catch, some other bpstat will handle it */
2313 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2314 }
2315 break;
2316
2317 case bp_watchpoint:
2318 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
2319 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2320 {
2321 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2322 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2323 ui_out_field_string
2324 (uiout, "reason",
2325 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2326 mention (b);
2327 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2328 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2329 value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2330 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2331 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2332 value_print (b->val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2333 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2334 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2335 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2336 value_free (bs->old_val);
2337 bs->old_val = NULL;
2338 }
2339 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
2340 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2341 break;
2342
2343 case bp_read_watchpoint:
2344 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2345 ui_out_field_string
2346 (uiout, "reason",
2347 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2348 mention (b);
2349 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2350 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2351 value_print (b->val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2352 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "value", stb);
2353 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2354 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2355 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2356 break;
2357
2358 case bp_access_watchpoint:
2359 if (bs->old_val != NULL)
2360 {
2361 annotate_watchpoint (b->number);
2362 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2363 ui_out_field_string
2364 (uiout, "reason",
2365 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2366 mention (b);
2367 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2368 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nOld value = ");
2369 value_print (bs->old_val, stb->stream, 0, Val_pretty_default);
2370 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "old", stb);
2371 value_free (bs->old_val);
2372 bs->old_val = NULL;
2373 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nNew value = ");
2374 }
2375 else
2376 {
2377 mention (b);
2378 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2379 ui_out_field_string
2380 (uiout, "reason",
2381 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER));
2382 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "value");
2383 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nValue = ");
2384 }
2385 value_print (b->val, stb->stream, 0,Val_pretty_default);
2386 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "new", stb);
2387 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
2388 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
2389 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2390 break;
2391
2392 /* Fall through, we don't deal with these types of breakpoints
2393 here. */
2394
2395 case bp_finish:
2396 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2397 ui_out_field_string
2398 (uiout, "reason",
2399 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED));
2400 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2401 break;
2402
2403 case bp_until:
2404 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2405 ui_out_field_string
2406 (uiout, "reason",
2407 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED));
2408 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2409 break;
2410
2411 case bp_none:
2412 case bp_longjmp:
2413 case bp_longjmp_resume:
2414 case bp_step_resume:
2415 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
2416 case bp_call_dummy:
2417 default:
2418 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2419 }
2420 }
2421
2422 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
2423 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
2424 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
2425 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
2426 normal_stop(). */
2427
2428 static enum print_stop_action
2429 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs)
2430 {
2431 switch (bs->print_it)
2432 {
2433 case print_it_noop:
2434 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
2435 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2436 break;
2437
2438 case print_it_done:
2439 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
2440 relevant messages. */
2441 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
2442 break;
2443
2444 case print_it_normal:
2445 {
2446 struct bp_location *bl = bs->breakpoint_at;
2447 struct breakpoint *b = bl ? bl->owner : NULL;
2448
2449 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method, or
2450 print_it_typical. */
2451 /* FIXME: how breakpoint can ever be NULL here? */
2452 if (b != NULL && b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_it != NULL)
2453 return b->ops->print_it (b);
2454 else
2455 return print_it_typical (bs);
2456 }
2457 break;
2458
2459 default:
2460 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
2461 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
2462 break;
2463 }
2464 }
2465
2466 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
2467 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
2468 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. This
2469 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
2470 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
2471 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
2472 routine is one of:
2473
2474 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing
2475 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
2476 code to print the location. An example is
2477 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
2478 the location.
2479 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
2480 to also print the location part of the message.
2481 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
2482 don't require a location appended to the end.
2483 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
2484 further info to be printed.*/
2485
2486 enum print_stop_action
2487 bpstat_print (bpstat bs)
2488 {
2489 int val;
2490
2491 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
2492 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
2493 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
2494 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
2495 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
2496 {
2497 val = print_bp_stop_message (bs);
2498 if (val == PRINT_SRC_ONLY
2499 || val == PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
2500 || val == PRINT_NOTHING)
2501 return val;
2502 }
2503
2504 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
2505 with and nothing was printed. */
2506 return PRINT_UNKNOWN;
2507 }
2508
2509 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
2510 This is used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
2511 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to char * to
2512 make it pass through catch_errors. */
2513
2514 static int
2515 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp)
2516 {
2517 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2518 int i = !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression *) exp));
2519 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2520 return i;
2521 }
2522
2523 /* Allocate a new bpstat and chain it to the current one. */
2524
2525 static bpstat
2526 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location *bl, bpstat cbs /* Current "bs" value */ )
2527 {
2528 bpstat bs;
2529
2530 bs = (bpstat) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs));
2531 cbs->next = bs;
2532 bs->breakpoint_at = bl;
2533 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
2534 bs->commands = NULL;
2535 bs->old_val = NULL;
2536 bs->print_it = print_it_normal;
2537 return bs;
2538 }
2539 \f
2540 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
2541 because of check_errors). */
2542 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
2543 #define WP_DELETED 1
2544 /* The value has changed. */
2545 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
2546 /* The value has not changed. */
2547 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
2548
2549 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
2550 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
2551
2552 /* Check watchpoint condition. */
2553
2554 static int
2555 watchpoint_check (void *p)
2556 {
2557 bpstat bs = (bpstat) p;
2558 struct breakpoint *b;
2559 struct frame_info *fr;
2560 int within_current_scope;
2561
2562 b = bs->breakpoint_at->owner;
2563
2564 if (b->exp_valid_block == NULL)
2565 within_current_scope = 1;
2566 else
2567 {
2568 /* There is no current frame at this moment. If we're going to have
2569 any chance of handling watchpoints on local variables, we'll need
2570 the frame chain (so we can determine if we're in scope). */
2571 reinit_frame_cache ();
2572 fr = frame_find_by_id (b->watchpoint_frame);
2573 within_current_scope = (fr != NULL);
2574
2575 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
2576 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
2577 if (within_current_scope
2578 && block_function (b->exp_valid_block) != get_frame_function (fr))
2579 within_current_scope = 0;
2580
2581 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're still
2582 in the function but the stack frame has already been invalidated.
2583 Since we can't rely on the values of local variables after the
2584 stack has been destroyed, we are treating the watchpoint in that
2585 state as `not changed' without further checking.
2586
2587 vinschen/2003-09-04: The former implementation left out the case
2588 that the watchpoint frame couldn't be found by frame_find_by_id()
2589 because the current PC is currently in an epilogue. Calling
2590 gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p() also when fr == NULL fixes that. */
2591 if ((!within_current_scope || fr == get_current_frame ())
2592 && gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (current_gdbarch, read_pc ()))
2593 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2594 if (fr && within_current_scope)
2595 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
2596 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
2597 the user. */
2598 select_frame (fr);
2599 }
2600
2601 if (within_current_scope)
2602 {
2603 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a
2604 *long* time before we return to the command level and
2605 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because
2606 we might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
2607
2608 struct value *mark = value_mark ();
2609 struct value *new_val = evaluate_expression (b->exp);
2610 if (!value_equal (b->val, new_val))
2611 {
2612 release_value (new_val);
2613 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2614 bs->old_val = b->val;
2615 b->val = new_val;
2616 /* We will stop here */
2617 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED;
2618 }
2619 else
2620 {
2621 /* Nothing changed, don't do anything. */
2622 value_free_to_mark (mark);
2623 /* We won't stop here */
2624 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED;
2625 }
2626 }
2627 else
2628 {
2629 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
2630 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
2631 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
2632 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
2633 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
2634 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
2635 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
2636 the first value assigned). */
2637 /* We print all the stop information in print_it_typical(), but
2638 in this case, by the time we call print_it_typical() this bp
2639 will be deleted already. So we have no choice but print the
2640 information here. */
2641 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
2642 ui_out_field_string
2643 (uiout, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE));
2644 ui_out_text (uiout, "\nWatchpoint ");
2645 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "wpnum", b->number);
2646 ui_out_text (uiout, " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
2647 which its expression is valid.\n");
2648
2649 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2650 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2651 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2652
2653 return WP_DELETED;
2654 }
2655 }
2656
2657 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
2658 BP_ADDR in thread PTID. STOPPED_BY_WATCHPOINT is 1 if the
2659 target thinks we stopped due to a hardware watchpoint, 0 if we
2660 know we did not trigger a hardware watchpoint, and -1 if we do not know. */
2661
2662 /* Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
2663 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such that:
2664
2665 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
2666
2667 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
2668
2669 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
2670 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
2671 several reasons concurrently.)
2672
2673 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
2674 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
2675
2676 bpstat
2677 bpstat_stop_status (CORE_ADDR bp_addr, ptid_t ptid, int stopped_by_watchpoint)
2678 {
2679 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
2680 struct bp_location *bl;
2681 /* True if we've hit a breakpoint (as opposed to a watchpoint). */
2682 int real_breakpoint = 0;
2683 /* Root of the chain of bpstat's */
2684 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
2685 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
2686 bpstat bs = root_bs;
2687 int thread_id = pid_to_thread_id (ptid);
2688
2689 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl)
2690 {
2691 b = bl->owner;
2692 gdb_assert (b);
2693 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->enable_state != bp_permanent)
2694 continue;
2695
2696 if (b->type != bp_watchpoint
2697 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
2698 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
2699 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint
2700 && b->type != bp_hardware_breakpoint
2701 && b->type != bp_catch_fork
2702 && b->type != bp_catch_vfork
2703 && b->type != bp_catch_exec
2704 && b->type != bp_catch_catch
2705 && b->type != bp_catch_throw) /* a non-watchpoint bp */
2706 {
2707 if (bl->address != bp_addr) /* address doesn't match */
2708 continue;
2709 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2710 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2711 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2712 continue;
2713 }
2714
2715 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
2716 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
2717 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
2718 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
2719 been defined. */
2720
2721 if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint
2722 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
2723 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2724 && !stopped_by_watchpoint)
2725 continue;
2726
2727 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
2728 {
2729 if (bl->address != bp_addr)
2730 continue;
2731 if (overlay_debugging /* unmapped overlay section */
2732 && section_is_overlay (bl->section)
2733 && !section_is_mapped (bl->section))
2734 continue;
2735 }
2736
2737 /* Is this a catchpoint of a load or unload? If so, did we
2738 get a load or unload of the specified library? If not,
2739 ignore it. */
2740 if ((b->type == bp_catch_load)
2741 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT)
2742 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_LOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2743 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2744 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2745 SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2746 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2747 != 0)))
2748 #endif
2749 )
2750 continue;
2751
2752 if ((b->type == bp_catch_unload)
2753 #if defined(SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT)
2754 && (!SOLIB_HAVE_UNLOAD_EVENT (PIDGET (inferior_ptid))
2755 || ((b->dll_pathname != NULL)
2756 && (strcmp (b->dll_pathname,
2757 SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
2758 PIDGET (inferior_ptid)))
2759 != 0)))
2760 #endif
2761 )
2762 continue;
2763
2764 if ((b->type == bp_catch_fork)
2765 && !inferior_has_forked (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
2766 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2767 continue;
2768
2769 if ((b->type == bp_catch_vfork)
2770 && !inferior_has_vforked (PIDGET (inferior_ptid),
2771 &b->forked_inferior_pid))
2772 continue;
2773
2774 if ((b->type == bp_catch_exec)
2775 && !inferior_has_execd (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), &b->exec_pathname))
2776 continue;
2777
2778 if (ep_is_exception_catchpoint (b) &&
2779 !(current_exception_event = target_get_current_exception_event ()))
2780 continue;
2781
2782 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address matches */
2783
2784 bs = bpstat_alloc (bl, bs); /* Alloc a bpstat to explain stop */
2785
2786 /* Watchpoints may change this, if not found to have triggered. */
2787 bs->stop = 1;
2788 bs->print = 1;
2789
2790 if (b->type == bp_watchpoint ||
2791 b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
2792 {
2793 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2794 b->number);
2795 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2796 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2797 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2798 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2799 switch (e)
2800 {
2801 case WP_DELETED:
2802 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2803 /* Actually this is superfluous, because by the time we
2804 call print_it_typical() the wp will be already deleted,
2805 and the function will return immediately. */
2806 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2807 /* Stop. */
2808 break;
2809 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2810 /* Stop. */
2811 ++(b->hit_count);
2812 break;
2813 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2814 /* Don't stop. */
2815 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2816 bs->stop = 0;
2817 continue;
2818 default:
2819 /* Can't happen. */
2820 /* FALLTHROUGH */
2821 case 0:
2822 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2823 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2824 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2825 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2826 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2827 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2828 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2829
2830 /* Stop. */
2831 break;
2832 }
2833 }
2834 else if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
2835 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
2836 {
2837 CORE_ADDR addr;
2838 struct value *v;
2839 int found = 0;
2840
2841 if (!target_stopped_data_address (&current_target, &addr))
2842 continue;
2843 for (v = b->val_chain; v; v = value_next (v))
2844 {
2845 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory
2846 && ! value_lazy (v))
2847 {
2848 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
2849
2850 if (v == b->val_chain
2851 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
2852 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
2853 {
2854 CORE_ADDR vaddr;
2855
2856 vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
2857 /* Exact match not required. Within range is
2858 sufficient. */
2859 if (addr >= vaddr &&
2860 addr < vaddr + TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v)))
2861 found = 1;
2862 }
2863 }
2864 }
2865 if (found)
2866 {
2867 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
2868 b->number);
2869 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
2870 int e = catch_errors (watchpoint_check, bs, message,
2871 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2872 do_cleanups (cleanups);
2873 switch (e)
2874 {
2875 case WP_DELETED:
2876 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2877 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2878 /* Stop. */
2879 break;
2880 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED:
2881 if (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
2882 {
2883 /* Don't stop: read watchpoints shouldn't fire if
2884 the value has changed. This is for targets
2885 which cannot set read-only watchpoints. */
2886 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2887 bs->stop = 0;
2888 continue;
2889 }
2890 ++(b->hit_count);
2891 break;
2892 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED:
2893 /* Stop. */
2894 ++(b->hit_count);
2895 break;
2896 default:
2897 /* Can't happen. */
2898 case 0:
2899 /* Error from catch_errors. */
2900 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b->number);
2901 if (b->related_breakpoint)
2902 b->related_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2903 b->disposition = disp_del_at_next_stop;
2904 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
2905 bs->print_it = print_it_done;
2906 break;
2907 }
2908 }
2909 else /* found == 0 */
2910 {
2911 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered,
2912 but not at the address of this watchpoint (FOUND
2913 was left zero). So don't print anything for this
2914 watchpoint. */
2915 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2916 bs->stop = 0;
2917 continue;
2918 }
2919 }
2920 else
2921 {
2922 /* By definition, an encountered breakpoint is a triggered
2923 breakpoint. */
2924 ++(b->hit_count);
2925
2926 real_breakpoint = 1;
2927 }
2928
2929 if (frame_id_p (b->frame_id)
2930 && !frame_id_eq (b->frame_id, get_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
2931 bs->stop = 0;
2932 else
2933 {
2934 int value_is_zero = 0;
2935
2936 if (bl->cond)
2937 {
2938 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies
2939 so that the conditions will have the right context. */
2940 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
2941 value_is_zero
2942 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval, (bl->cond),
2943 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
2944 RETURN_MASK_ALL);
2945 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint # */
2946 free_all_values ();
2947 }
2948 if (bl->cond && value_is_zero)
2949 {
2950 bs->stop = 0;
2951 /* Don't consider this a hit. */
2952 --(b->hit_count);
2953 }
2954 else if (b->thread != -1 && b->thread != thread_id)
2955 {
2956 bs->stop = 0;
2957 /* Don't consider this a hit. */
2958 --(b->hit_count);
2959 }
2960 else if (b->ignore_count > 0)
2961 {
2962 b->ignore_count--;
2963 annotate_ignore_count_change ();
2964 bs->stop = 0;
2965 }
2966 else
2967 {
2968 /* We will stop here */
2969 if (b->disposition == disp_disable)
2970 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
2971 if (b->silent)
2972 bs->print = 0;
2973 bs->commands = b->commands;
2974 if (bs->commands &&
2975 (strcmp ("silent", bs->commands->line) == 0
2976 || (xdb_commands && strcmp ("Q", bs->commands->line) == 0)))
2977 {
2978 bs->commands = bs->commands->next;
2979 bs->print = 0;
2980 }
2981 bs->commands = copy_command_lines (bs->commands);
2982 }
2983 }
2984 /* Print nothing for this entry if we dont stop or if we dont print. */
2985 if (bs->stop == 0 || bs->print == 0)
2986 bs->print_it = print_it_noop;
2987 }
2988
2989 bs->next = NULL; /* Terminate the chain */
2990 bs = root_bs->next; /* Re-grab the head of the chain */
2991
2992 /* The value of a hardware watchpoint hasn't changed, but the
2993 intermediate memory locations we are watching may have. */
2994 if (bs && !bs->stop &&
2995 (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
2996 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
2997 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
2998 {
2999 remove_breakpoints ();
3000 insert_breakpoints ();
3001 }
3002 return bs;
3003 }
3004 \f
3005 /* Tell what to do about this bpstat. */
3006 struct bpstat_what
3007 bpstat_what (bpstat bs)
3008 {
3009 /* Classify each bpstat as one of the following. */
3010 enum class
3011 {
3012 /* This bpstat element has no effect on the main_action. */
3013 no_effect = 0,
3014
3015 /* There was a watchpoint, stop but don't print. */
3016 wp_silent,
3017
3018 /* There was a watchpoint, stop and print. */
3019 wp_noisy,
3020
3021 /* There was a breakpoint but we're not stopping. */
3022 bp_nostop,
3023
3024 /* There was a breakpoint, stop but don't print. */
3025 bp_silent,
3026
3027 /* There was a breakpoint, stop and print. */
3028 bp_noisy,
3029
3030 /* We hit the longjmp breakpoint. */
3031 long_jump,
3032
3033 /* We hit the longjmp_resume breakpoint. */
3034 long_resume,
3035
3036 /* We hit the step_resume breakpoint. */
3037 step_resume,
3038
3039 /* We hit the shared library event breakpoint. */
3040 shlib_event,
3041
3042 /* We caught a shared library event. */
3043 catch_shlib_event,
3044
3045 /* This is just used to count how many enums there are. */
3046 class_last
3047 };
3048
3049 /* Here is the table which drives this routine. So that we can
3050 format it pretty, we define some abbreviations for the
3051 enum bpstat_what codes. */
3052 #define kc BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
3053 #define ss BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
3054 #define sn BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3055 #define sgl BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
3056 #define slr BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
3057 #define clr BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
3058 #define clrs BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME_SINGLE
3059 #define sr BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
3060 #define shl BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS
3061 #define shlr BPSTAT_WHAT_CHECK_SHLIBS_RESUME_FROM_HOOK
3062
3063 /* "Can't happen." Might want to print an error message.
3064 abort() is not out of the question, but chances are GDB is just
3065 a bit confused, not unusable. */
3066 #define err BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
3067
3068 /* Given an old action and a class, come up with a new action. */
3069 /* One interesting property of this table is that wp_silent is the same
3070 as bp_silent and wp_noisy is the same as bp_noisy. That is because
3071 after stopping, the check for whether to step over a breakpoint
3072 (BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE type stuff) is handled in proceed() without
3073 reference to how we stopped. We retain separate wp_silent and
3074 bp_silent codes in case we want to change that someday.
3075
3076 Another possibly interesting property of this table is that
3077 there's a partial ordering, priority-like, of the actions. Once
3078 you've decided that some action is appropriate, you'll never go
3079 back and decide something of a lower priority is better. The
3080 ordering is:
3081
3082 kc < clr sgl shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3083 sgl < clrs shl shlr slr sn sr ss
3084 slr < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3085 clr < clrs err shl shlr sn sr ss
3086 clrs < err shl shlr sn sr ss
3087 ss < shl shlr sn sr
3088 sn < shl shlr sr
3089 shl < shlr sr
3090 shlr < sr
3091 sr <
3092
3093 What I think this means is that we don't need a damned table
3094 here. If you just put the rows and columns in the right order,
3095 it'd look awfully regular. We could simply walk the bpstat list
3096 and choose the highest priority action we find, with a little
3097 logic to handle the 'err' cases, and the CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME/
3098 CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME_SINGLE distinction (which breakpoint.h says
3099 is messy anyway). */
3100
3101 /* step_resume entries: a step resume breakpoint overrides another
3102 breakpoint of signal handling (see comment in wait_for_inferior
3103 at where we set the step_resume breakpoint). */
3104
3105 static const enum bpstat_what_main_action
3106 table[(int) class_last][(int) BPSTAT_WHAT_LAST] =
3107 {
3108 /* old action */
3109 /* kc ss sn sgl slr clr clrs sr shl shlr
3110 */
3111 /*no_effect */
3112 {kc, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clr, clrs, sr, shl, shlr},
3113 /*wp_silent */
3114 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3115 /*wp_noisy */
3116 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3117 /*bp_nostop */
3118 {sgl, ss, sn, sgl, slr, clrs, clrs, sr, shl, shlr},
3119 /*bp_silent */
3120 {ss, ss, sn, ss, ss, ss, ss, sr, shl, shlr},
3121 /*bp_noisy */
3122 {sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sn, sr, shl, shlr},
3123 /*long_jump */
3124 {slr, ss, sn, slr, slr, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3125 /*long_resume */
3126 {clr, ss, sn, clrs, err, err, err, sr, shl, shlr},
3127 /*step_resume */
3128 {sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr, sr},
3129 /*shlib */
3130 {shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, shl, sr, shl, shlr},
3131 /*catch_shlib */
3132 {shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, shlr, sr, shlr, shlr}
3133 };
3134
3135 #undef kc
3136 #undef ss
3137 #undef sn
3138 #undef sgl
3139 #undef slr
3140 #undef clr
3141 #undef clrs
3142 #undef err
3143 #undef sr
3144 #undef ts
3145 #undef shl
3146 #undef shlr
3147 enum bpstat_what_main_action current_action = BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING;
3148 struct bpstat_what retval;
3149
3150 retval.call_dummy = 0;
3151 for (; bs != NULL; bs = bs->next)
3152 {
3153 enum class bs_class = no_effect;
3154 if (bs->breakpoint_at == NULL)
3155 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary breakpoint
3156 which has since been deleted. */
3157 continue;
3158 switch (bs->breakpoint_at->owner->type)
3159 {
3160 case bp_none:
3161 continue;
3162
3163 case bp_breakpoint:
3164 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3165 case bp_until:
3166 case bp_finish:
3167 if (bs->stop)
3168 {
3169 if (bs->print)
3170 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3171 else
3172 bs_class = bp_silent;
3173 }
3174 else
3175 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3176 break;
3177 case bp_watchpoint:
3178 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3179 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3180 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3181 if (bs->stop)
3182 {
3183 if (bs->print)
3184 bs_class = wp_noisy;
3185 else
3186 bs_class = wp_silent;
3187 }
3188 else
3189 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3190 This requires no further action. */
3191 bs_class = no_effect;
3192 break;
3193 case bp_longjmp:
3194 bs_class = long_jump;
3195 break;
3196 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3197 bs_class = long_resume;
3198 break;
3199 case bp_step_resume:
3200 if (bs->stop)
3201 {
3202 bs_class = step_resume;
3203 }
3204 else
3205 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
3206 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3207 break;
3208 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3209 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3210 break;
3211 case bp_shlib_event:
3212 bs_class = shlib_event;
3213 break;
3214 case bp_thread_event:
3215 case bp_overlay_event:
3216 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3217 break;
3218 case bp_catch_load:
3219 case bp_catch_unload:
3220 /* Only if this catchpoint triggered should we cause the
3221 step-out-of-dld behaviour. Otherwise, we ignore this
3222 catchpoint. */
3223 if (bs->stop)
3224 bs_class = catch_shlib_event;
3225 else
3226 bs_class = no_effect;
3227 break;
3228 case bp_catch_fork:
3229 case bp_catch_vfork:
3230 case bp_catch_exec:
3231 if (bs->stop)
3232 {
3233 if (bs->print)
3234 bs_class = bp_noisy;
3235 else
3236 bs_class = bp_silent;
3237 }
3238 else
3239 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
3240 This requires no further action. */
3241 bs_class = no_effect;
3242 break;
3243 case bp_catch_catch:
3244 if (!bs->stop || CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND != EX_EVENT_CATCH)
3245 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3246 else if (bs->stop)
3247 bs_class = bs->print ? bp_noisy : bp_silent;
3248 break;
3249 case bp_catch_throw:
3250 if (!bs->stop || CURRENT_EXCEPTION_KIND != EX_EVENT_THROW)
3251 bs_class = bp_nostop;
3252 else if (bs->stop)
3253 bs_class = bs->print ? bp_noisy : bp_silent;
3254 break;
3255 case bp_call_dummy:
3256 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
3257 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
3258 bs_class = bp_silent;
3259 retval.call_dummy = 1;
3260 break;
3261 }
3262 current_action = table[(int) bs_class][(int) current_action];
3263 }
3264 retval.main_action = current_action;
3265 return retval;
3266 }
3267
3268 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
3269 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
3270 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
3271
3272 int
3273 bpstat_should_step (void)
3274 {
3275 struct breakpoint *b;
3276 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3277 if (breakpoint_enabled (b) && b->type == bp_watchpoint)
3278 return 1;
3279 return 0;
3280 }
3281
3282 /* Nonzero if there are enabled hardware watchpoints. */
3283 int
3284 bpstat_have_active_hw_watchpoints (void)
3285 {
3286 struct bp_location *bpt;
3287 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bpt)
3288 if (breakpoint_enabled (bpt->owner)
3289 && bpt->inserted
3290 && bpt->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint)
3291 return 1;
3292 return 0;
3293 }
3294 \f
3295
3296 /* Given a bpstat that records zero or more triggered eventpoints, this
3297 function returns another bpstat which contains only the catchpoints
3298 on that first list, if any. */
3299 void
3300 bpstat_get_triggered_catchpoints (bpstat ep_list, bpstat *cp_list)
3301 {
3302 struct bpstats root_bs[1];
3303 bpstat bs = root_bs;
3304 struct breakpoint *ep;
3305 char *dll_pathname;
3306
3307 bpstat_clear (cp_list);
3308 root_bs->next = NULL;
3309
3310 for (; ep_list != NULL; ep_list = ep_list->next)
3311 {
3312 /* Is this eventpoint a catchpoint? If not, ignore it. */
3313 ep = ep_list->breakpoint_at->owner;
3314 if (ep == NULL)
3315 break;
3316 if ((ep->type != bp_catch_load) &&
3317 (ep->type != bp_catch_unload) &&
3318 (ep->type != bp_catch_catch) &&
3319 (ep->type != bp_catch_throw))
3320 /* pai: (temp) ADD fork/vfork here!! */
3321 continue;
3322
3323 /* Yes; add it to the list. */
3324 bs = bpstat_alloc (ep_list->breakpoint_at, bs);
3325 *bs = *ep_list;
3326 bs->next = NULL;
3327 bs = root_bs->next;
3328
3329 #if defined(SOLIB_ADD)
3330 /* Also, for each triggered catchpoint, tag it with the name of
3331 the library that caused this trigger. (We copy the name now,
3332 because it's only guaranteed to be available NOW, when the
3333 catchpoint triggers. Clients who may wish to know the name
3334 later must get it from the catchpoint itself.) */
3335 if (ep->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
3336 xfree (ep->triggered_dll_pathname);
3337 if (ep->type == bp_catch_load)
3338 dll_pathname = SOLIB_LOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3339 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3340 else
3341 dll_pathname = SOLIB_UNLOADED_LIBRARY_PATHNAME (
3342 PIDGET (inferior_ptid));
3343 #else
3344 dll_pathname = NULL;
3345 #endif
3346 if (dll_pathname)
3347 {
3348 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = (char *)
3349 xmalloc (strlen (dll_pathname) + 1);
3350 strcpy (ep->triggered_dll_pathname, dll_pathname);
3351 }
3352 else
3353 ep->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
3354 }
3355
3356 *cp_list = bs;
3357 }
3358
3359 static void print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3360 struct bp_location *loc,
3361 char *wrap_indent,
3362 struct ui_stream *stb)
3363 {
3364 if (b->source_file)
3365 {
3366 struct symbol *sym
3367 = find_pc_sect_function (loc->address, loc->section);
3368 if (sym)
3369 {
3370 ui_out_text (uiout, "in ");
3371 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "func",
3372 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym));
3373 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout, wrap_indent);
3374 ui_out_text (uiout, " at ");
3375 }
3376 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "file", b->source_file);
3377 ui_out_text (uiout, ":");
3378
3379 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3380 {
3381 struct symtab_and_line sal = find_pc_line (loc->address, 0);
3382 char *fullname = symtab_to_fullname (sal.symtab);
3383
3384 if (fullname)
3385 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "fullname", fullname);
3386 }
3387
3388 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "line", b->line_number);
3389 }
3390 else if (!b->loc)
3391 {
3392 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "pending", b->addr_string);
3393 }
3394 else
3395 {
3396 print_address_symbolic (loc->address, stb->stream, demangle, "");
3397 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "at", stb);
3398 }
3399 }
3400
3401 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
3402 static void
3403 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint *b,
3404 struct bp_location *loc,
3405 int loc_number,
3406 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3407 {
3408 struct command_line *l;
3409 struct symbol *sym;
3410 struct ep_type_description
3411 {
3412 enum bptype type;
3413 char *description;
3414 };
3415 static struct ep_type_description bptypes[] =
3416 {
3417 {bp_none, "?deleted?"},
3418 {bp_breakpoint, "breakpoint"},
3419 {bp_hardware_breakpoint, "hw breakpoint"},
3420 {bp_until, "until"},
3421 {bp_finish, "finish"},
3422 {bp_watchpoint, "watchpoint"},
3423 {bp_hardware_watchpoint, "hw watchpoint"},
3424 {bp_read_watchpoint, "read watchpoint"},
3425 {bp_access_watchpoint, "acc watchpoint"},
3426 {bp_longjmp, "longjmp"},
3427 {bp_longjmp_resume, "longjmp resume"},
3428 {bp_step_resume, "step resume"},
3429 {bp_watchpoint_scope, "watchpoint scope"},
3430 {bp_call_dummy, "call dummy"},
3431 {bp_shlib_event, "shlib events"},
3432 {bp_thread_event, "thread events"},
3433 {bp_overlay_event, "overlay events"},
3434 {bp_catch_load, "catch load"},
3435 {bp_catch_unload, "catch unload"},
3436 {bp_catch_fork, "catch fork"},
3437 {bp_catch_vfork, "catch vfork"},
3438 {bp_catch_exec, "catch exec"},
3439 {bp_catch_catch, "catch catch"},
3440 {bp_catch_throw, "catch throw"}
3441 };
3442
3443 static char *bpdisps[] =
3444 {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
3445 static char bpenables[] = "nynny";
3446 char wrap_indent[80];
3447 struct ui_stream *stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
3448 struct cleanup *old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
3449 struct cleanup *bkpt_chain;
3450
3451 int header_of_multiple = 0;
3452 int part_of_multiple = (loc != NULL);
3453
3454 gdb_assert (!loc || loc_number != 0);
3455 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning
3456 treatment of breakpoints with single disabled
3457 location. */
3458 if (loc == NULL
3459 && (b->loc != NULL
3460 && (b->loc->next != NULL || !b->loc->enabled)))
3461 header_of_multiple = 1;
3462 if (loc == NULL)
3463 loc = b->loc;
3464
3465 annotate_record ();
3466 bkpt_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "bkpt");
3467
3468 /* 1 */
3469 annotate_field (0);
3470 if (part_of_multiple)
3471 {
3472 char *formatted;
3473 asprintf (&formatted, "%d.%d", b->number, loc_number);
3474 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "number", formatted);
3475 xfree (formatted);
3476 }
3477 else
3478 {
3479 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
3480 }
3481
3482 /* 2 */
3483 annotate_field (1);
3484 if (part_of_multiple)
3485 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "type");
3486 else
3487 {
3488 if (((int) b->type >= (sizeof (bptypes) / sizeof (bptypes[0])))
3489 || ((int) b->type != bptypes[(int) b->type].type))
3490 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3491 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
3492 (int) b->type);
3493 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "type", bptypes[(int) b->type].description);
3494 }
3495
3496 /* 3 */
3497 annotate_field (2);
3498 if (part_of_multiple)
3499 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "disp");
3500 else
3501 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "disp", bpdisps[(int) b->disposition]);
3502
3503
3504 /* 4 */
3505 annotate_field (3);
3506 if (part_of_multiple)
3507 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "enabled",
3508 loc->shlib_disabled
3509 ? (loc->enabled ? "y(p)" : "n(p)")
3510 : (loc->enabled ? "y" : "n"));
3511 else
3512 {
3513 int pending = (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->shlib_disabled);
3514 /* For header of multiple, there's no point showing pending
3515 state -- it will be apparent from the locations. */
3516 if (header_of_multiple)
3517 pending = 0;
3518 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout, "enabled", "%c%s",
3519 bpenables[(int) b->enable_state],
3520 pending ? "(p)" : "");
3521 if (!pending)
3522 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 3);
3523 }
3524
3525
3526 /* 5 and 6 */
3527 strcpy (wrap_indent, " ");
3528 if (addressprint)
3529 {
3530 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3531 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3532 else
3533 strcat (wrap_indent, " ");
3534 }
3535
3536 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_one != NULL)
3537 {
3538 /* Although the print_one can possibly print
3539 all locations, calling it here is not likely
3540 to get any nice result. So, make sure there's
3541 just one location. */
3542 gdb_assert (b->loc == NULL || b->loc->next == NULL);
3543 b->ops->print_one (b, last_addr);
3544 }
3545 else
3546 switch (b->type)
3547 {
3548 case bp_none:
3549 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
3550 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
3551 break;
3552
3553 case bp_watchpoint:
3554 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
3555 case bp_read_watchpoint:
3556 case bp_access_watchpoint:
3557 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3558 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3559 is relatively readable). */
3560 if (addressprint)
3561 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3562 annotate_field (5);
3563 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
3564 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "what", stb);
3565 break;
3566
3567 case bp_catch_load:
3568 case bp_catch_unload:
3569 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3570 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3571 is relatively readable). */
3572 if (addressprint)
3573 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3574 annotate_field (5);
3575 if (b->dll_pathname == NULL)
3576 {
3577 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "<any library>");
3578 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3579 }
3580 else
3581 {
3582 ui_out_text (uiout, "library \"");
3583 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->dll_pathname);
3584 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3585 }
3586 break;
3587
3588 case bp_catch_fork:
3589 case bp_catch_vfork:
3590 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3591 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3592 is relatively readable). */
3593 if (addressprint)
3594 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3595 annotate_field (5);
3596 if (b->forked_inferior_pid != 0)
3597 {
3598 ui_out_text (uiout, "process ");
3599 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "what", b->forked_inferior_pid);
3600 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3601 }
3602 break;
3603
3604 case bp_catch_exec:
3605 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3606 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3607 is relatively readable). */
3608 if (addressprint)
3609 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3610 annotate_field (5);
3611 if (b->exec_pathname != NULL)
3612 {
3613 ui_out_text (uiout, "program \"");
3614 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", b->exec_pathname);
3615 ui_out_text (uiout, "\" ");
3616 }
3617 break;
3618
3619 case bp_catch_catch:
3620 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3621 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3622 is relatively readable). */
3623 if (addressprint)
3624 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3625 annotate_field (5);
3626 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
3627 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3628 break;
3629
3630 case bp_catch_throw:
3631 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
3632 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
3633 is relatively readable). */
3634 if (addressprint)
3635 ui_out_field_skip (uiout, "addr");
3636 annotate_field (5);
3637 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
3638 ui_out_spaces (uiout, 1);
3639 break;
3640
3641 case bp_breakpoint:
3642 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
3643 case bp_until:
3644 case bp_finish:
3645 case bp_longjmp:
3646 case bp_longjmp_resume:
3647 case bp_step_resume:
3648 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
3649 case bp_call_dummy:
3650 case bp_shlib_event:
3651 case bp_thread_event:
3652 case bp_overlay_event:
3653 if (addressprint)
3654 {
3655 annotate_field (4);
3656 if (b->loc == NULL)
3657 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<PENDING>");
3658 else if (header_of_multiple)
3659 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
3660 else
3661 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", loc->address);
3662 }
3663 annotate_field (5);
3664 if (!header_of_multiple)
3665 print_breakpoint_location (b, loc, wrap_indent, stb);
3666 if (b->loc)
3667 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
3668 break;
3669 }
3670
3671 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3672 {
3673 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
3674 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
3675 ui_out_text (uiout, " thread ");
3676 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3677 }
3678
3679 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3680
3681 if (part_of_multiple && frame_id_p (b->frame_id))
3682 {
3683 annotate_field (6);
3684 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
3685 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poeking around inside
3686 the frame ID. */
3687 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "frame", b->frame_id.stack_addr);
3688 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3689 }
3690
3691 if (!part_of_multiple && b->cond_string && !ada_exception_catchpoint_p (b))
3692 {
3693 /* We do not print the condition for Ada exception catchpoints
3694 because the condition is an internal implementation detail
3695 that we do not want to expose to the user. */
3696 annotate_field (7);
3697 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only if ");
3698 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "cond", b->cond_string);
3699 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3700 }
3701
3702 if (!part_of_multiple && b->thread != -1)
3703 {
3704 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3705 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tstop only in thread ");
3706 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "thread", b->thread);
3707 ui_out_text (uiout, "\n");
3708 }
3709
3710 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count)
3711 {
3712 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this */
3713 if (ep_is_catchpoint (b))
3714 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tcatchpoint");
3715 else
3716 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tbreakpoint");
3717 ui_out_text (uiout, " already hit ");
3718 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3719 if (b->hit_count == 1)
3720 ui_out_text (uiout, " time\n");
3721 else
3722 ui_out_text (uiout, " times\n");
3723 }
3724
3725 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is
3726 mi. FIXME: Should have a better test for this. */
3727 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3728 if (!part_of_multiple && show_breakpoint_hit_counts && b->hit_count == 0)
3729 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "times", b->hit_count);
3730
3731 if (!part_of_multiple && b->ignore_count)
3732 {
3733 annotate_field (8);
3734 ui_out_text (uiout, "\tignore next ");
3735 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "ignore", b->ignore_count);
3736 ui_out_text (uiout, " hits\n");
3737 }
3738
3739 if (!part_of_multiple && (l = b->commands))
3740 {
3741 struct cleanup *script_chain;
3742
3743 annotate_field (9);
3744 script_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "script");
3745 print_command_lines (uiout, l, 4);
3746 do_cleanups (script_chain);
3747 }
3748 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain);
3749 do_cleanups (old_chain);
3750 }
3751
3752 static void
3753 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b,
3754 CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
3755 {
3756 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, NULL, 0, last_addr);
3757
3758 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
3759 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
3760 locations, if any. */
3761 if (b->ops == NULL || b->ops->print_one == NULL)
3762 {
3763 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is
3764 disabled, we print it as if it had
3765 several locations, since otherwise it's hard to
3766 represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
3767 situation. */
3768 if (b->loc
3769 && (b->loc->next || !b->loc->enabled)
3770 && !ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
3771 {
3772 struct bp_location *loc;
3773 int n = 1;
3774 for (loc = b->loc; loc; loc = loc->next, ++n)
3775 print_one_breakpoint_location (b, loc, n, last_addr);
3776 }
3777 }
3778 }
3779
3780
3781 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
3782 {
3783 int bnum;
3784 };
3785
3786 static int
3787 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
3788 {
3789 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args *args = data;
3790 struct breakpoint *b;
3791 CORE_ADDR dummy_addr = 0;
3792 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3793 {
3794 if (args->bnum == b->number)
3795 {
3796 print_one_breakpoint (b, &dummy_addr);
3797 return GDB_RC_OK;
3798 }
3799 }
3800 return GDB_RC_NONE;
3801 }
3802
3803 enum gdb_rc
3804 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out *uiout, int bnum, char **error_message)
3805 {
3806 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args;
3807 args.bnum = bnum;
3808 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
3809 an error. */
3810 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint_query, &args,
3811 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
3812 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
3813 else
3814 return GDB_RC_OK;
3815 }
3816
3817 /* Return non-zero if B is user settable (breakpoints, watchpoints,
3818 catchpoints, et.al.). */
3819
3820 static int
3821 user_settable_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint *b)
3822 {
3823 return (b->type == bp_breakpoint
3824 || b->type == bp_catch_load
3825 || b->type == bp_catch_unload
3826 || b->type == bp_catch_fork
3827 || b->type == bp_catch_vfork
3828 || b->type == bp_catch_exec
3829 || b->type == bp_catch_catch
3830 || b->type == bp_catch_throw
3831 || b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint
3832 || b->type == bp_watchpoint
3833 || b->type == bp_read_watchpoint
3834 || b->type == bp_access_watchpoint
3835 || b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint);
3836 }
3837
3838 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
3839 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user settable breakpoints.
3840 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non- user settable breakpoints. */
3841
3842 static void
3843 breakpoint_1 (int bnum, int allflag)
3844 {
3845 struct breakpoint *b;
3846 CORE_ADDR last_addr = (CORE_ADDR) -1;
3847 int nr_printable_breakpoints;
3848 struct cleanup *bkpttbl_chain;
3849
3850 /* Compute the number of rows in the table. */
3851 nr_printable_breakpoints = 0;
3852 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3853 if (bnum == -1
3854 || bnum == b->number)
3855 {
3856 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3857 nr_printable_breakpoints++;
3858 }
3859
3860 if (addressprint)
3861 bkpttbl_chain
3862 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 6, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3863 "BreakpointTable");
3864 else
3865 bkpttbl_chain
3866 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout, 5, nr_printable_breakpoints,
3867 "BreakpointTable");
3868
3869 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3870 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
3871 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3872 annotate_field (0);
3873 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 7, ui_left, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
3874 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3875 annotate_field (1);
3876 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 14, ui_left, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
3877 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3878 annotate_field (2);
3879 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
3880 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3881 annotate_field (3);
3882 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 4, ui_left, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
3883 if (addressprint)
3884 {
3885 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3886 annotate_field (4);
3887 if (gdbarch_addr_bit (current_gdbarch) <= 32)
3888 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 10, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3889 else
3890 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 18, ui_left, "addr", "Address");/* 5 */
3891 }
3892 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3893 annotate_field (5);
3894 ui_out_table_header (uiout, 40, ui_noalign, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
3895 ui_out_table_body (uiout);
3896 if (nr_printable_breakpoints > 0)
3897 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
3898
3899 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3900 if (bnum == -1
3901 || bnum == b->number)
3902 {
3903 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
3904 allflag is set. */
3905 if (allflag || user_settable_breakpoint (b))
3906 print_one_breakpoint (b, &last_addr);
3907 }
3908
3909 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain);
3910
3911 if (nr_printable_breakpoints == 0)
3912 {
3913 if (bnum == -1)
3914 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
3915 else
3916 ui_out_message (uiout, 0, "No breakpoint or watchpoint number %d.\n",
3917 bnum);
3918 }
3919 else
3920 {
3921 /* Compare against (CORE_ADDR)-1 in case some compiler decides
3922 that a comparison of an unsigned with -1 is always false. */
3923 if (last_addr != (CORE_ADDR) -1 && !server_command)
3924 set_next_address (last_addr);
3925 }
3926
3927 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
3928 there have been breakpoints? */
3929 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
3930 }
3931
3932 static void
3933 breakpoints_info (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3934 {
3935 int bnum = -1;
3936
3937 if (bnum_exp)
3938 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3939
3940 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 0);
3941 }
3942
3943 static void
3944 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *bnum_exp, int from_tty)
3945 {
3946 int bnum = -1;
3947
3948 if (bnum_exp)
3949 bnum = parse_and_eval_long (bnum_exp);
3950
3951 breakpoint_1 (bnum, 1);
3952 }
3953
3954 static int
3955 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section)
3956 {
3957 struct bp_location *bl = b->loc;
3958 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
3959 {
3960 if (bl->address == pc
3961 && (!overlay_debugging || bl->section == section))
3962 return 1;
3963 }
3964 return 0;
3965 }
3966
3967 /* Print a message describing any breakpoints set at PC. */
3968
3969 static void
3970 describe_other_breakpoints (CORE_ADDR pc, asection *section, int thread)
3971 {
3972 int others = 0;
3973 struct breakpoint *b;
3974
3975 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3976 others += breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section);
3977 if (others > 0)
3978 {
3979 if (others == 1)
3980 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
3981 else /* if (others == ???) */
3982 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
3983 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
3984 if (breakpoint_has_pc (b, pc, section))
3985 {
3986 others--;
3987 printf_filtered ("%d", b->number);
3988 if (b->thread == -1 && thread != -1)
3989 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
3990 else if (b->thread != -1)
3991 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b->thread);
3992 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
3993 ((b->enable_state == bp_disabled ||
3994 b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled)
3995 ? " (disabled)"
3996 : b->enable_state == bp_permanent
3997 ? " (permanent)"
3998 : ""),
3999 (others > 1) ? ","
4000 : ((others == 1) ? " and" : ""));
4001 }
4002 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
4003 deprecated_print_address_numeric (pc, 1, gdb_stdout);
4004 printf_filtered (".\n");
4005 }
4006 }
4007 \f
4008 /* Set the default place to put a breakpoint
4009 for the `break' command with no arguments. */
4010
4011 void
4012 set_default_breakpoint (int valid, CORE_ADDR addr, struct symtab *symtab,
4013 int line)
4014 {
4015 default_breakpoint_valid = valid;
4016 default_breakpoint_address = addr;
4017 default_breakpoint_symtab = symtab;
4018 default_breakpoint_line = line;
4019 }
4020
4021 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
4022 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
4023 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
4024 (or use it for any other purpose either).
4025
4026 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will always
4027 have a zero valued address and we don't want check_duplicates() to mark
4028 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
4029 breakpoint at address zero:
4030
4031 bp_watchpoint
4032 bp_hardware_watchpoint
4033 bp_read_watchpoint
4034 bp_access_watchpoint
4035 bp_catch_exec
4036 bp_longjmp_resume
4037 bp_catch_fork
4038 bp_catch_vork */
4039
4040 static int
4041 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4042 {
4043 enum bptype type = bpt->type;
4044
4045 return (type != bp_watchpoint
4046 && type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
4047 && type != bp_read_watchpoint
4048 && type != bp_access_watchpoint
4049 && type != bp_catch_exec
4050 && type != bp_longjmp_resume
4051 && type != bp_catch_fork
4052 && type != bp_catch_vfork);
4053 }
4054
4055 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section as BPT,
4056 marking the first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates".
4057 This is so that the bpt instruction is only inserted once.
4058 If we have a permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make
4059 that one the official one, and the rest as duplicates. */
4060
4061 static void
4062 check_duplicates_for (CORE_ADDR address, asection *section)
4063 {
4064 struct bp_location *b;
4065 int count = 0;
4066 struct bp_location *perm_bp = 0;
4067
4068 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4069 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4070 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4071 && b->enabled
4072 && !b->shlib_disabled
4073 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4074 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4075 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4076 {
4077 /* Have we found a permanent breakpoint? */
4078 if (b->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
4079 {
4080 perm_bp = b;
4081 break;
4082 }
4083
4084 count++;
4085 b->duplicate = count > 1;
4086 }
4087
4088 /* If we found a permanent breakpoint at this address, go over the
4089 list again and declare all the other breakpoints there to be the
4090 duplicates. */
4091 if (perm_bp)
4092 {
4093 perm_bp->duplicate = 0;
4094
4095 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
4096 if (! perm_bp->inserted)
4097 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4098 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
4099 "actually inserted"));
4100
4101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (b)
4102 if (b != perm_bp)
4103 {
4104 if (b->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
4105 && b->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled
4106 && b->enabled && !b->shlib_disabled
4107 && b->address == address /* address / overlay match */
4108 && (!overlay_debugging || b->section == section)
4109 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b->owner))
4110 {
4111 if (b->inserted)
4112 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
4113 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
4114 "a permanent breakpoint"));
4115
4116 b->duplicate = 1;
4117 }
4118 }
4119 }
4120 }
4121
4122 static void
4123 check_duplicates (struct breakpoint *bpt)
4124 {
4125 struct bp_location *bl = bpt->loc;
4126
4127 if (! breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (bpt))
4128 return;
4129
4130 for (; bl; bl = bl->next)
4131 check_duplicates_for (bl->address, bl->section);
4132 }
4133
4134 static void
4135 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr, CORE_ADDR to_addr,
4136 int bnum, int have_bnum)
4137 {
4138 char astr1[40];
4139 char astr2[40];
4140
4141 strcpy (astr1, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr, 8));
4142 strcpy (astr2, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr, 8));
4143 if (have_bnum)
4144 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
4145 bnum, astr1, astr2);
4146 else
4147 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1, astr2);
4148 }
4149
4150 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural constraints
4151 on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address. Note: Very
4152 few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most targets,
4153 this function is simply the identity function. */
4154
4155 static CORE_ADDR
4156 adjust_breakpoint_address (CORE_ADDR bpaddr, enum bptype bptype)
4157 {
4158 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (current_gdbarch))
4159 {
4160 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
4161 return bpaddr;
4162 }
4163 else if (bptype == bp_watchpoint
4164 || bptype == bp_hardware_watchpoint
4165 || bptype == bp_read_watchpoint
4166 || bptype == bp_access_watchpoint
4167 || bptype == bp_catch_fork
4168 || bptype == bp_catch_vfork
4169 || bptype == bp_catch_exec)
4170 {
4171 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
4172 have their addresses modified. */
4173 return bpaddr;
4174 }
4175 else
4176 {
4177 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr;
4178
4179 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
4180 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
4181 adjusted_bpaddr = gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (current_gdbarch,
4182 bpaddr);
4183
4184 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
4185 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
4186 is required. */
4187 if (adjusted_bpaddr != bpaddr)
4188 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr, adjusted_bpaddr, 0, 0);
4189
4190 return adjusted_bpaddr;
4191 }
4192 }
4193
4194 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
4195
4196 static struct bp_location *
4197 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bptype bp_type)
4198 {
4199 struct bp_location *loc, *loc_p;
4200
4201 loc = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_location));
4202 memset (loc, 0, sizeof (*loc));
4203
4204 loc->owner = bpt;
4205 loc->cond = NULL;
4206 loc->shlib_disabled = 0;
4207 loc->enabled = 1;
4208
4209 switch (bp_type)
4210 {
4211 case bp_breakpoint:
4212 case bp_until:
4213 case bp_finish:
4214 case bp_longjmp:
4215 case bp_longjmp_resume:
4216 case bp_step_resume:
4217 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
4218 case bp_call_dummy:
4219 case bp_shlib_event:
4220 case bp_thread_event:
4221 case bp_overlay_event:
4222 case bp_catch_load:
4223 case bp_catch_unload:
4224 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_software_breakpoint;
4225 break;
4226 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
4227 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint;
4228 break;
4229 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4230 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4231 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4232 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint;
4233 break;
4234 case bp_watchpoint:
4235 case bp_catch_fork:
4236 case bp_catch_vfork:
4237 case bp_catch_exec:
4238 case bp_catch_catch:
4239 case bp_catch_throw:
4240 loc->loc_type = bp_loc_other;
4241 break;
4242 default:
4243 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
4244 }
4245
4246 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain. */
4247
4248 loc_p = bp_location_chain;
4249 if (loc_p == 0)
4250 bp_location_chain = loc;
4251 else
4252 {
4253 while (loc_p->global_next)
4254 loc_p = loc_p->global_next;
4255 loc_p->global_next = loc;
4256 }
4257
4258 return loc;
4259 }
4260
4261 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location *loc)
4262 {
4263 if (loc->cond)
4264 xfree (loc->cond);
4265 xfree (loc);
4266 }
4267
4268 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
4269 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
4270
4271 struct breakpoint *
4272 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (enum bptype bptype)
4273 {
4274 struct breakpoint *b, *b1;
4275
4276 b = (struct breakpoint *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct breakpoint));
4277 memset (b, 0, sizeof (*b));
4278
4279 b->type = bptype;
4280 b->language = current_language->la_language;
4281 b->input_radix = input_radix;
4282 b->thread = -1;
4283 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4284 b->next = 0;
4285 b->silent = 0;
4286 b->ignore_count = 0;
4287 b->commands = NULL;
4288 b->frame_id = null_frame_id;
4289 b->dll_pathname = NULL;
4290 b->triggered_dll_pathname = NULL;
4291 b->forked_inferior_pid = 0;
4292 b->exec_pathname = NULL;
4293 b->ops = NULL;
4294 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
4295
4296 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain
4297 so that a list of breakpoints will come out in order
4298 of increasing numbers. */
4299
4300 b1 = breakpoint_chain;
4301 if (b1 == 0)
4302 breakpoint_chain = b;
4303 else
4304 {
4305 while (b1->next)
4306 b1 = b1->next;
4307 b1->next = b;
4308 }
4309 return b;
4310 }
4311
4312 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
4313 static void
4314 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location *loc)
4315 {
4316 if (loc->owner->type == bp_breakpoint
4317 || loc->owner->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
4318 {
4319 find_pc_partial_function (loc->address, &(loc->function_name),
4320 NULL, NULL);
4321 if (loc->function_name)
4322 loc->function_name = xstrdup (loc->function_name);
4323 }
4324 }
4325
4326 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
4327 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
4328 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
4329 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
4330 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
4331 is also returned as the value of this function.
4332
4333 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
4334 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
4335 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
4336 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
4337 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
4338 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
4339 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
4340
4341 struct breakpoint *
4342 set_raw_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, enum bptype bptype)
4343 {
4344 struct breakpoint *b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (bptype);
4345 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address;
4346
4347 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
4348 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
4349 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
4350 breakpoint may cause read_memory_nobpt() to be called and we do
4351 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
4352 location that's only been partially initialized. */
4353 adjusted_address = adjust_breakpoint_address (sal.pc, bptype);
4354
4355 b->loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
4356 b->loc->requested_address = sal.pc;
4357 b->loc->address = adjusted_address;
4358
4359 if (sal.symtab == NULL)
4360 b->source_file = NULL;
4361 else
4362 b->source_file = savestring (sal.symtab->filename,
4363 strlen (sal.symtab->filename));
4364 b->loc->section = sal.section;
4365 b->line_number = sal.line;
4366
4367 set_breakpoint_location_function (b->loc);
4368
4369 check_duplicates (b);
4370 breakpoints_changed ();
4371
4372 return b;
4373 }
4374
4375
4376 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
4377 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
4378 void
4379 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint *b)
4380 {
4381 struct bp_location *bl;
4382 b->enable_state = bp_permanent;
4383
4384 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the code.
4385 Mark all locations as inserted. For now, make_breakpoint_permanent
4386 is called in just one place, so it's hard to say if it's reasonable
4387 to have permanent breakpoint with multiple locations or not,
4388 but it's easy to implmement. */
4389 for (bl = b->loc; bl; bl = bl->next)
4390 bl->inserted = 1;
4391 }
4392
4393 static struct breakpoint *
4394 create_internal_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address, enum bptype type)
4395 {
4396 static int internal_breakpoint_number = -1;
4397 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4398 struct breakpoint *b;
4399
4400 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
4401
4402 sal.pc = address;
4403 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
4404
4405 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4406 b->number = internal_breakpoint_number--;
4407 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4408
4409 return b;
4410 }
4411
4412
4413 static void
4414 create_longjmp_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4415 {
4416 struct breakpoint *b;
4417 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4418
4419 if (func_name == NULL)
4420 b = create_internal_breakpoint (0, bp_longjmp_resume);
4421 else
4422 {
4423 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4424 return;
4425
4426 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m), bp_longjmp);
4427 }
4428
4429 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4430 b->silent = 1;
4431 if (func_name)
4432 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4433 }
4434
4435 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
4436 if we do a longjmp(). When we hit that breakpoint, call
4437 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint() to figure out where we are going. */
4438
4439 void
4440 enable_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4441 {
4442 struct breakpoint *b;
4443
4444 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4445 if (b->type == bp_longjmp)
4446 {
4447 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4448 check_duplicates (b);
4449 }
4450 }
4451
4452 void
4453 disable_longjmp_breakpoint (void)
4454 {
4455 struct breakpoint *b;
4456
4457 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4458 if (b->type == bp_longjmp
4459 || b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
4460 {
4461 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4462 check_duplicates (b);
4463 }
4464 }
4465
4466 static void
4467 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (char *func_name)
4468 {
4469 struct breakpoint *b;
4470 struct minimal_symbol *m;
4471
4472 if ((m = lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name, NULL)) == NULL)
4473 return;
4474
4475 b = create_internal_breakpoint (SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (m),
4476 bp_overlay_event);
4477 b->addr_string = xstrdup (func_name);
4478
4479 if (overlay_debugging == ovly_auto)
4480 {
4481 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4482 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4483 }
4484 else
4485 {
4486 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4487 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4488 }
4489 }
4490
4491 void
4492 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4493 {
4494 struct breakpoint *b;
4495
4496 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4497 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4498 {
4499 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4500 check_duplicates (b);
4501 overlay_events_enabled = 1;
4502 }
4503 }
4504
4505 void
4506 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
4507 {
4508 struct breakpoint *b;
4509
4510 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4511 if (b->type == bp_overlay_event)
4512 {
4513 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
4514 check_duplicates (b);
4515 overlay_events_enabled = 0;
4516 }
4517 }
4518
4519 struct breakpoint *
4520 create_thread_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4521 {
4522 struct breakpoint *b;
4523
4524 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_thread_event);
4525
4526 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4527 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
4528 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
4529
4530 return b;
4531 }
4532
4533 void
4534 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
4535 {
4536 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4537
4538 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4539 if (b->type == bp_thread_event)
4540 delete_breakpoint (b);
4541 }
4542
4543 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args
4544 {
4545 char **arg_p;
4546 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals_p;
4547 char ***addr_string_p;
4548 int *not_found_ptr;
4549 };
4550
4551 struct lang_and_radix
4552 {
4553 enum language lang;
4554 int radix;
4555 };
4556
4557
4558 void
4559 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
4560 {
4561 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
4562
4563 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
4564 if (b->type == bp_shlib_event)
4565 delete_breakpoint (b);
4566 }
4567
4568 struct breakpoint *
4569 create_solib_event_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR address)
4570 {
4571 struct breakpoint *b;
4572
4573 b = create_internal_breakpoint (address, bp_shlib_event);
4574 return b;
4575 }
4576
4577 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
4578 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4579
4580 void
4581 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
4582 {
4583 struct bp_location *loc;
4584 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4585
4586 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4587 {
4588 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4589 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled
4590 for those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
4591 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to insert
4592 all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here, we'll try
4593 to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
4594 if (((b->type == bp_breakpoint) || (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint))
4595 && !loc->shlib_disabled
4596 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4597 && PC_SOLIB (loc->address)
4598 #else
4599 && solib_address (loc->address)
4600 #endif
4601 )
4602 {
4603 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4604 }
4605 }
4606 }
4607
4608 /* Disable any breakpoints that are in in an unloaded shared library. Only
4609 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
4610
4611 void
4612 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list *solib)
4613 {
4614 struct bp_location *loc;
4615 int disabled_shlib_breaks = 0;
4616
4617 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc)
4618 {
4619 struct breakpoint *b = loc->owner;
4620 if ((loc->loc_type == bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
4621 || loc->loc_type == bp_loc_software_breakpoint)
4622 && !loc->shlib_disabled)
4623 {
4624 #ifdef PC_SOLIB
4625 char *so_name = PC_SOLIB (loc->address);
4626 #else
4627 char *so_name = solib_address (loc->address);
4628 #endif
4629 if (so_name && !strcmp (so_name, solib->so_name))
4630 {
4631 loc->shlib_disabled = 1;
4632 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
4633 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
4634 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
4635 loc->inserted = 0;
4636 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks)
4637 {
4638 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
4639 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
4640 so_name);
4641 }
4642 disabled_shlib_breaks = 1;
4643 }
4644 }
4645 }
4646 }
4647
4648 static void
4649 solib_load_unload_1 (char *hookname, int tempflag, char *dll_pathname,
4650 char *cond_string, enum bptype bp_kind)
4651 {
4652 struct breakpoint *b;
4653 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
4654 struct cleanup *old_chain;
4655 struct cleanup *canonical_strings_chain = NULL;
4656 char *addr_start = hookname;
4657 char *addr_end = NULL;
4658 char **canonical = (char **) NULL;
4659 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4660
4661 /* Set a breakpoint on the specified hook. */
4662 sals = decode_line_1 (&hookname, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
4663 0, &canonical, NULL);
4664 addr_end = hookname;
4665
4666 if (sals.nelts == 0)
4667 {
4668 warning (_("Unable to set a breakpoint on dynamic linker callback.\n"
4669 "Suggest linking with /opt/langtools/lib/end.o.\n"
4670 "GDB will be unable to track shl_load/shl_unload calls."));
4671 return;
4672 }
4673 if (sals.nelts != 1)
4674 {
4675 warning (_("Unable to set unique breakpoint on dynamic linker callback.\n"
4676 "GDB will be unable to track shl_load/shl_unload calls."));
4677 return;
4678 }
4679
4680 /* Make sure that all storage allocated in decode_line_1 gets freed
4681 in case the following errors out. */
4682 old_chain = make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
4683 if (canonical != (char **) NULL)
4684 {
4685 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical);
4686 canonical_strings_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
4687 if (canonical[0] != NULL)
4688 make_cleanup (xfree, canonical[0]);
4689 }
4690
4691 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
4692
4693 /* Remove the canonical strings from the cleanup, they are needed below. */
4694 if (canonical != (char **) NULL)
4695 discard_cleanups (canonical_strings_chain);
4696
4697 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sals.sals[0], bp_kind);
4698 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4699 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4700 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4701 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4702 b->thread = thread;
4703
4704 if (canonical != (char **) NULL && canonical[0] != NULL)
4705 b->addr_string = canonical[0];
4706 else if (addr_start)
4707 b->addr_string = savestring (addr_start, addr_end - addr_start);
4708
4709 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4710 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4711
4712 if (dll_pathname == NULL)
4713 b->dll_pathname = NULL;
4714 else
4715 {
4716 b->dll_pathname = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (dll_pathname) + 1);
4717 strcpy (b->dll_pathname, dll_pathname);
4718 }
4719
4720 mention (b);
4721 do_cleanups (old_chain);
4722 }
4723
4724 void
4725 create_solib_load_event_breakpoint (char *hookname, int tempflag,
4726 char *dll_pathname, char *cond_string)
4727 {
4728 solib_load_unload_1 (hookname, tempflag, dll_pathname,
4729 cond_string, bp_catch_load);
4730 }
4731
4732 void
4733 create_solib_unload_event_breakpoint (char *hookname, int tempflag,
4734 char *dll_pathname, char *cond_string)
4735 {
4736 solib_load_unload_1 (hookname, tempflag, dll_pathname,
4737 cond_string, bp_catch_unload);
4738 }
4739
4740 static void
4741 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
4742 enum bptype bp_kind)
4743 {
4744 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4745 struct breakpoint *b;
4746 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4747
4748 init_sal (&sal);
4749 sal.pc = 0;
4750 sal.symtab = NULL;
4751 sal.line = 0;
4752
4753 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_kind);
4754 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4755 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4756 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4757 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4758 b->thread = thread;
4759 b->addr_string = NULL;
4760 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4761 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4762 b->forked_inferior_pid = 0;
4763
4764 mention (b);
4765 }
4766
4767 void
4768 create_fork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4769 {
4770 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_fork);
4771 }
4772
4773 void
4774 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4775 {
4776 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, bp_catch_vfork);
4777 }
4778
4779 void
4780 create_exec_event_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string)
4781 {
4782 struct symtab_and_line sal;
4783 struct breakpoint *b;
4784 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
4785
4786 init_sal (&sal);
4787 sal.pc = 0;
4788 sal.symtab = NULL;
4789 sal.line = 0;
4790
4791 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_catch_exec);
4792 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
4793 b->number = breakpoint_count;
4794 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
4795 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
4796 b->thread = thread;
4797 b->addr_string = NULL;
4798 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4799 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
4800
4801 mention (b);
4802 }
4803
4804 static int
4805 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
4806 {
4807 struct breakpoint *b;
4808 int i = 0;
4809
4810 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4811 {
4812 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint && b->enable_state == bp_enabled)
4813 i++;
4814 }
4815
4816 return i;
4817 }
4818
4819 static int
4820 hw_watchpoint_used_count (enum bptype type, int *other_type_used)
4821 {
4822 struct breakpoint *b;
4823 int i = 0;
4824
4825 *other_type_used = 0;
4826 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4827 {
4828 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
4829 {
4830 if (b->type == type)
4831 i++;
4832 else if ((b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
4833 b->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
4834 b->type == bp_access_watchpoint))
4835 *other_type_used = 1;
4836 }
4837 }
4838 return i;
4839 }
4840
4841 /* Call this after hitting the longjmp() breakpoint. Use this to set
4842 a new breakpoint at the target of the jmp_buf.
4843
4844 FIXME - This ought to be done by setting a temporary breakpoint
4845 that gets deleted automatically... */
4846
4847 void
4848 set_longjmp_resume_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc, struct frame_id frame_id)
4849 {
4850 struct breakpoint *b;
4851
4852 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4853 if (b->type == bp_longjmp_resume)
4854 {
4855 b->loc->requested_address = pc;
4856 b->loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (b->loc->requested_address,
4857 b->type);
4858 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4859 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4860 check_duplicates (b);
4861 return;
4862 }
4863 }
4864
4865 void
4866 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
4867 {
4868 struct breakpoint *b;
4869
4870 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4871 {
4872 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4873 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4874 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4875 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4876 || ep_is_exception_catchpoint (b))
4877 && breakpoint_enabled (b))
4878 {
4879 b->enable_state = bp_call_disabled;
4880 check_duplicates (b);
4881 }
4882 }
4883 }
4884
4885 void
4886 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
4887 {
4888 struct breakpoint *b;
4889
4890 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
4891 {
4892 if (((b->type == bp_watchpoint)
4893 || (b->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint)
4894 || (b->type == bp_read_watchpoint)
4895 || (b->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
4896 || ep_is_exception_catchpoint (b))
4897 && (b->enable_state == bp_call_disabled))
4898 {
4899 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4900 check_duplicates (b);
4901 }
4902 }
4903 }
4904
4905
4906 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
4907 at address specified by SAL.
4908 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
4909
4910 struct breakpoint *
4911 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal, struct frame_id frame_id,
4912 enum bptype type)
4913 {
4914 struct breakpoint *b;
4915 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
4916 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
4917 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
4918 b->frame_id = frame_id;
4919
4920 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we
4921 want momentary breakpoints to be active in only a
4922 single thread of control. */
4923 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
4924 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
4925
4926 return b;
4927 }
4928 \f
4929
4930 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
4931
4932 static void
4933 mention (struct breakpoint *b)
4934 {
4935 int say_where = 0;
4936 struct cleanup *old_chain, *ui_out_chain;
4937 struct ui_stream *stb;
4938
4939 stb = ui_out_stream_new (uiout);
4940 old_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_stream_delete (stb);
4941
4942 /* FIXME: This is misplaced; mention() is called by things (like
4943 hitting a watchpoint) other than breakpoint creation. It should
4944 be possible to clean this up and at the same time replace the
4945 random calls to breakpoint_changed with this hook, as has already
4946 been done for deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook and so on. */
4947 if (deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook)
4948 deprecated_create_breakpoint_hook (b);
4949 breakpoint_create_event (b->number);
4950
4951 if (b->ops != NULL && b->ops->print_mention != NULL)
4952 b->ops->print_mention (b);
4953 else
4954 switch (b->type)
4955 {
4956 case bp_none:
4957 printf_filtered (_("(apparently deleted?) Eventpoint %d: "), b->number);
4958 break;
4959 case bp_watchpoint:
4960 ui_out_text (uiout, "Watchpoint ");
4961 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4962 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4963 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4964 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4965 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4966 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4967 break;
4968 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
4969 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware watchpoint ");
4970 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "wpt");
4971 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4972 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4973 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4974 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4975 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4976 break;
4977 case bp_read_watchpoint:
4978 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
4979 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-rwpt");
4980 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4981 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4982 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4983 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4984 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4985 break;
4986 case bp_access_watchpoint:
4987 ui_out_text (uiout, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
4988 ui_out_chain = make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout, "hw-awpt");
4989 ui_out_field_int (uiout, "number", b->number);
4990 ui_out_text (uiout, ": ");
4991 print_expression (b->exp, stb->stream);
4992 ui_out_field_stream (uiout, "exp", stb);
4993 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain);
4994 break;
4995 case bp_breakpoint:
4996 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
4997 {
4998 say_where = 0;
4999 break;
5000 }
5001 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d"), b->number);
5002 say_where = 1;
5003 break;
5004 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
5005 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5006 {
5007 say_where = 0;
5008 break;
5009 }
5010 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b->number);
5011 say_where = 1;
5012 break;
5013 case bp_catch_load:
5014 case bp_catch_unload:
5015 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s %s)"),
5016 b->number,
5017 (b->type == bp_catch_load) ? "load" : "unload",
5018 (b->dll_pathname != NULL) ?
5019 b->dll_pathname : "<any library>");
5020 break;
5021 case bp_catch_fork:
5022 case bp_catch_vfork:
5023 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"),
5024 b->number,
5025 (b->type == bp_catch_fork) ? "fork" : "vfork");
5026 break;
5027 case bp_catch_exec:
5028 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"),
5029 b->number);
5030 break;
5031 case bp_catch_catch:
5032 case bp_catch_throw:
5033 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"),
5034 b->number,
5035 (b->type == bp_catch_catch) ? "catch" : "throw");
5036 break;
5037
5038 case bp_until:
5039 case bp_finish:
5040 case bp_longjmp:
5041 case bp_longjmp_resume:
5042 case bp_step_resume:
5043 case bp_call_dummy:
5044 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
5045 case bp_shlib_event:
5046 case bp_thread_event:
5047 case bp_overlay_event:
5048 break;
5049 }
5050
5051 if (say_where)
5052 {
5053 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
5054 single string. */
5055 if (b->loc == NULL)
5056 {
5057 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b->addr_string);
5058 }
5059 else
5060 {
5061 if (addressprint || b->source_file == NULL)
5062 {
5063 printf_filtered (" at ");
5064 deprecated_print_address_numeric (b->loc->address, 1, gdb_stdout);
5065 }
5066 if (b->source_file)
5067 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
5068 b->source_file, b->line_number);
5069
5070 if (b->loc->next)
5071 {
5072 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
5073 int n = 0;
5074 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
5075 ++n;
5076 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n);
5077 }
5078
5079 }
5080 }
5081 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5082 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout))
5083 return;
5084 printf_filtered ("\n");
5085 }
5086 \f
5087
5088 static struct bp_location *
5089 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b, enum bptype bptype,
5090 const struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5091 {
5092 struct bp_location *loc, **tmp;
5093
5094 loc = allocate_bp_location (b, bptype);
5095 for (tmp = &(b->loc); *tmp != NULL; tmp = &((*tmp)->next))
5096 ;
5097 *tmp = loc;
5098 loc->requested_address = sal->pc;
5099 loc->address = adjust_breakpoint_address (loc->requested_address,
5100 bptype);
5101 loc->section = sal->section;
5102
5103 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc);
5104 return loc;
5105 }
5106
5107 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
5108 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
5109 as condition expression.
5110
5111 The paramter PENDING_BP is same as for the
5112 create_breakpoints function. */
5113
5114 static void
5115 create_breakpoint (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char *addr_string,
5116 char *cond_string,
5117 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5118 int thread, int ignore_count, int from_tty,
5119 struct breakpoint *pending_bp)
5120 {
5121 struct breakpoint *b = NULL;
5122 int i;
5123
5124 if (type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
5125 {
5126 int i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
5127 int target_resources_ok =
5128 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
5129 i + 1, 0);
5130 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
5131 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
5132 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
5133 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
5134 }
5135
5136 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5137 {
5138 struct symtab_and_line sal = sals.sals[i];
5139 struct bp_location *loc;
5140
5141 if (from_tty)
5142 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, thread);
5143
5144 if (i == 0)
5145 {
5146 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, type);
5147 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5148 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5149 b->thread = thread;
5150
5151 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5152 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5153 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5154 b->disposition = disposition;
5155
5156 loc = b->loc;
5157 }
5158 else
5159 {
5160 loc = add_location_to_breakpoint (b, type, &sal);
5161 }
5162
5163 if (b->cond_string)
5164 {
5165 char *arg = b->cond_string;
5166 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&arg, block_for_pc (b->loc->address), 0);
5167 if (*arg)
5168 {
5169 if (pending_bp)
5170 error (_("Junk at end of pending breakpoint condition expression"));
5171 else
5172 error (_("Garbage %s follows condition"), arg);
5173 }
5174 }
5175 }
5176
5177 if (addr_string)
5178 b->addr_string = addr_string;
5179 else
5180 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
5181 me. */
5182 b->addr_string = xstrprintf ("*0x%s", paddr (b->loc->address));
5183
5184 mention (b);
5185 }
5186
5187 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
5188 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
5189 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
5190 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
5191 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
5192 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
5193 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
5194 we take just a single condition string.
5195
5196 The parameter PENDING_BP points to a pending breakpoint that is
5197 the basis of the breakpoints currently being created. The pending
5198 breakpoint may contain a separate condition string or commands
5199 that were added after the initial pending breakpoint was created.
5200
5201 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
5202 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
5203 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
5204 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
5205 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
5206
5207 static void
5208 create_breakpoints (struct symtabs_and_lines sals, char **addr_string,
5209 char *cond_string,
5210 enum bptype type, enum bpdisp disposition,
5211 int thread, int ignore_count, int from_tty,
5212 struct breakpoint *pending_bp)
5213 {
5214 int i;
5215 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
5216 {
5217 struct symtabs_and_lines sals2;
5218 sals2.sals = sals.sals + i;
5219 sals2.nelts = 1;
5220
5221 create_breakpoint (sals2, addr_string[i],
5222 cond_string, type, disposition,
5223 thread, ignore_count, from_tty,
5224 pending_bp);
5225 }
5226 }
5227
5228 /* Parse ARG which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
5229 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
5230 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
5231 address strings. ARG points to the end of the SAL. */
5232
5233 static void
5234 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address,
5235 struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5236 char ***addr_string,
5237 int *not_found_ptr)
5238 {
5239 char *addr_start = *address;
5240 *addr_string = NULL;
5241 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
5242 breakpoint. */
5243 if ((*address) == NULL
5244 || (strncmp ((*address), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address)[2])))
5245 {
5246 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
5247 {
5248 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5249 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5250 sals->sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
5251 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
5252 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
5253 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
5254 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
5255 sal.section = find_pc_overlay (sal.pc);
5256 sals->sals[0] = sal;
5257 sals->nelts = 1;
5258 }
5259 else
5260 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
5261 }
5262 else
5263 {
5264 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
5265 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default). This
5266 should produce the results we want almost all of the time while
5267 leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
5268 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
5269 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '[' */
5270
5271 struct symtab_and_line cursal = get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
5272
5273 if (default_breakpoint_valid
5274 && (!cursal.symtab
5275 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address)[0]) != NULL)
5276 && ((*address)[1] != '['))))
5277 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
5278 default_breakpoint_line, addr_string,
5279 not_found_ptr);
5280 else
5281 *sals = decode_line_1 (address, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0,
5282 addr_string, not_found_ptr);
5283 }
5284 /* For any SAL that didn't have a canonical string, fill one in. */
5285 if (sals->nelts > 0 && *addr_string == NULL)
5286 *addr_string = xcalloc (sals->nelts, sizeof (char **));
5287 if (addr_start != (*address))
5288 {
5289 int i;
5290 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5291 {
5292 /* Add the string if not present. */
5293 if ((*addr_string)[i] == NULL)
5294 (*addr_string)[i] = savestring (addr_start, (*address) - addr_start);
5295 }
5296 }
5297 }
5298
5299
5300 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
5301 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
5302
5303 static void
5304 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines *sals,
5305 char *address)
5306 {
5307 int i;
5308 for (i = 0; i < sals->nelts; i++)
5309 {
5310 resolve_sal_pc (&sals->sals[i]);
5311
5312 /* It's possible for the PC to be nonzero, but still an illegal
5313 value on some targets.
5314
5315 For example, on HP-UX if you start gdb, and before running the
5316 inferior you try to set a breakpoint on a shared library function
5317 "foo" where the inferior doesn't call "foo" directly but does
5318 pass its address to another function call, then we do find a
5319 minimal symbol for the "foo", but it's address is invalid.
5320 (Appears to be an index into a table that the loader sets up
5321 when the inferior is run.)
5322
5323 Give the target a chance to bless sals.sals[i].pc before we
5324 try to make a breakpoint for it. */
5325 #ifdef DEPRECATED_PC_REQUIRES_RUN_BEFORE_USE
5326 if (DEPRECATED_PC_REQUIRES_RUN_BEFORE_USE (sals->sals[i].pc))
5327 {
5328 if (address == NULL)
5329 error (_("Cannot break without a running program."));
5330 else
5331 error (_("Cannot break on %s without a running program."),
5332 address);
5333 }
5334 #endif
5335 }
5336 }
5337
5338 static void
5339 do_captured_parse_breakpoint (struct ui_out *ui, void *data)
5340 {
5341 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5342
5343 parse_breakpoint_sals (args->arg_p, args->sals_p, args->addr_string_p,
5344 args->not_found_ptr);
5345 }
5346
5347 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
5348 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
5349 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
5350 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
5351 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
5352 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
5353 static void
5354 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok, CORE_ADDR pc,
5355 char **cond_string, int *thread)
5356 {
5357 *cond_string = NULL;
5358 *thread = -1;
5359 while (tok && *tok)
5360 {
5361 char *end_tok;
5362 int toklen;
5363 char *cond_start = NULL;
5364 char *cond_end = NULL;
5365 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5366 tok++;
5367
5368 end_tok = tok;
5369
5370 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5371 end_tok++;
5372
5373 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5374
5375 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5376 {
5377 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5378 parse_exp_1 (&tok, block_for_pc (pc), 0);
5379 cond_end = tok;
5380 *cond_string = savestring (cond_start,
5381 cond_end - cond_start);
5382 }
5383 else if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "thread", toklen) == 0)
5384 {
5385 char *tmptok;
5386
5387 tok = end_tok + 1;
5388 tmptok = tok;
5389 *thread = strtol (tok, &tok, 0);
5390 if (tok == tmptok)
5391 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
5392 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread))
5393 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), *thread);
5394 }
5395 else
5396 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
5397 }
5398 }
5399
5400 /* Set a breakpoint according to ARG (function, linenum or *address)
5401 flag: first bit : 0 non-temporary, 1 temporary.
5402 second bit : 0 normal breakpoint, 1 hardware breakpoint.
5403
5404 PENDING_BP is non-NULL when this function is being called to resolve
5405 a pending breakpoint. */
5406
5407 static int
5408 break_command_1 (char *arg, int flag, int from_tty, struct breakpoint *pending_bp)
5409 {
5410 struct gdb_exception e;
5411 int tempflag, hardwareflag;
5412 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5413 struct symtab_and_line pending_sal;
5414 char *cond_string = NULL;
5415 char *copy_arg;
5416 char *err_msg;
5417 char *addr_start = arg;
5418 char **addr_string;
5419 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5420 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5421 struct captured_parse_breakpoint_args parse_args;
5422 int i;
5423 int pending = 0;
5424 int thread = -1;
5425 int ignore_count = 0;
5426 int not_found = 0;
5427
5428 hardwareflag = flag & BP_HARDWAREFLAG;
5429 tempflag = flag & BP_TEMPFLAG;
5430
5431 sals.sals = NULL;
5432 sals.nelts = 0;
5433 addr_string = NULL;
5434
5435 parse_args.arg_p = &arg;
5436 parse_args.sals_p = &sals;
5437 parse_args.addr_string_p = &addr_string;
5438 parse_args.not_found_ptr = &not_found;
5439
5440 e = catch_exception (uiout, do_captured_parse_breakpoint,
5441 &parse_args, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
5442
5443 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
5444 switch (e.reason)
5445 {
5446 case RETURN_QUIT:
5447 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5448 return e.reason;
5449 case RETURN_ERROR:
5450 switch (e.error)
5451 {
5452 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR:
5453 /* If called to resolve pending breakpoint, just return
5454 error code. */
5455 if (pending_bp)
5456 return e.reason;
5457
5458 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5459
5460 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
5461 error. */
5462
5463 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE)
5464 deprecated_throw_reason (RETURN_ERROR);
5465
5466 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
5467 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
5468 if (pending_break_support == AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO &&
5469 !nquery ("Make breakpoint pending on future shared library load? "))
5470 return e.reason;
5471
5472 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
5473 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
5474 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
5475 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
5476 copy_arg = xstrdup (addr_start);
5477 addr_string = &copy_arg;
5478 sals.nelts = 1;
5479 sals.sals = &pending_sal;
5480 pending_sal.pc = 0;
5481 pending = 1;
5482 break;
5483 default:
5484 exception_print (gdb_stderr, e);
5485 return e.reason;
5486 }
5487 default:
5488 if (!sals.nelts)
5489 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5490 }
5491
5492 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
5493 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5494
5495 if (!pending)
5496 {
5497 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5498 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5499
5500 /* Cleanup the addr_string array but not its contents. */
5501 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5502 }
5503
5504 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5505 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5506 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
5507 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
5508 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5509
5510 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5511 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5512 fails. */
5513 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5514 {
5515 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5516 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5517 }
5518
5519 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
5520 are ok for the target. */
5521 if (!pending)
5522 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, addr_start);
5523
5524 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
5525 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
5526 breakpoint. */
5527 if (!pending)
5528 {
5529 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
5530 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
5531 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
5532 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
5533 find_condition_and_thread (arg, sals.sals[0].pc, &cond_string, &thread);
5534 if (cond_string)
5535 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5536 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, cond_string,
5537 hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5538 : bp_breakpoint,
5539 tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5540 thread, ignore_count, from_tty,
5541 pending_bp);
5542 }
5543 else
5544 {
5545 struct symtab_and_line sal = {0};
5546 struct breakpoint *b;
5547
5548 make_cleanup (xfree, copy_arg);
5549
5550 b = set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (hardwareflag
5551 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
5552 : bp_breakpoint);
5553 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5554 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5555 b->thread = thread;
5556 b->addr_string = addr_string[0];
5557 b->cond_string = cond_string;
5558 b->ignore_count = ignore_count;
5559 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
5560 b->from_tty = from_tty;
5561 b->flag = flag;
5562 b->condition_not_parsed = 1;
5563 mention (b);
5564 }
5565
5566 if (sals.nelts > 1)
5567 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\n"
5568 "Use the \"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
5569 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5570 breakpoint. */
5571 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5572 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5573 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5574
5575 return GDB_RC_OK;
5576 }
5577
5578 /* Set a breakpoint of TYPE/DISPOSITION according to ARG (function,
5579 linenum or *address) with COND and IGNORE_COUNT. */
5580
5581 struct captured_breakpoint_args
5582 {
5583 char *address;
5584 char *condition;
5585 int hardwareflag;
5586 int tempflag;
5587 int thread;
5588 int ignore_count;
5589 };
5590
5591 static int
5592 do_captured_breakpoint (struct ui_out *uiout, void *data)
5593 {
5594 struct captured_breakpoint_args *args = data;
5595 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
5596 struct expression **cond;
5597 struct cleanup *old_chain;
5598 struct cleanup *breakpoint_chain = NULL;
5599 int i;
5600 char **addr_string;
5601 char *cond_string = 0;
5602
5603 char *address_end;
5604
5605 /* Parse the source and lines spec. Delay check that the expression
5606 didn't contain trailing garbage until after cleanups are in
5607 place. */
5608 sals.sals = NULL;
5609 sals.nelts = 0;
5610 address_end = args->address;
5611 addr_string = NULL;
5612 parse_breakpoint_sals (&address_end, &sals, &addr_string, 0);
5613
5614 if (!sals.nelts)
5615 return GDB_RC_NONE;
5616
5617 /* Create a chain of things at always need to be cleaned up. */
5618 old_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5619
5620 /* Always have a addr_string array, even if it is empty. */
5621 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string);
5622
5623 /* Make sure that all storage allocated to SALS gets freed. */
5624 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
5625
5626 /* Allocate space for all the cond expressions. */
5627 cond = xcalloc (sals.nelts, sizeof (struct expression *));
5628 make_cleanup (xfree, cond);
5629
5630 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
5631 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
5632 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create goes
5633 through then that memory is not cleaned up. */
5634 breakpoint_chain = make_cleanup (null_cleanup, 0);
5635
5636 /* Mark the contents of the addr_string for cleanup. These go on
5637 the breakpoint_chain and only occure if the breakpoint create
5638 fails. */
5639 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
5640 {
5641 if (addr_string[i] != NULL)
5642 make_cleanup (xfree, addr_string[i]);
5643 }
5644
5645 /* Wait until now before checking for garbage at the end of the
5646 address. That way cleanups can take care of freeing any
5647 memory. */
5648 if (*address_end != '\0')
5649 error (_("Garbage %s following breakpoint address"), address_end);
5650
5651 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's. */
5652 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&sals, args->address);
5653
5654 if (args->condition != NULL)
5655 {
5656 cond_string = xstrdup (args->condition);
5657 make_cleanup (xfree, cond_string);
5658 }
5659
5660 create_breakpoints (sals, addr_string, args->condition,
5661 args->hardwareflag ? bp_hardware_breakpoint : bp_breakpoint,
5662 args->tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch,
5663 args->thread, args->ignore_count, 0/*from-tty*/,
5664 NULL/*pending_bp*/);
5665
5666 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
5667 breakpoint. */
5668 discard_cleanups (breakpoint_chain);
5669 /* But cleanup everything else. */
5670 do_cleanups (old_chain);
5671 return GDB_RC_OK;
5672 }
5673
5674 enum gdb_rc
5675 gdb_breakpoint (char *address, char *condition,
5676 int hardwareflag, int tempflag,
5677 int thread, int ignore_count,
5678 char **error_message)
5679 {
5680 struct captured_breakpoint_args args;
5681 args.address = address;
5682 args.condition = condition;
5683 args.hardwareflag = hardwareflag;
5684 args.tempflag = tempflag;
5685 args.thread = thread;
5686 args.ignore_count = ignore_count;
5687 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout, do_captured_breakpoint, &args,
5688 error_message, RETURN_MASK_ALL) < 0)
5689 return GDB_RC_FAIL;
5690 else
5691 return GDB_RC_OK;
5692 }
5693
5694
5695 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
5696
5697 void
5698 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line *sal)
5699 {
5700 CORE_ADDR pc;
5701
5702 if (sal->pc == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5703 {
5704 if (!find_line_pc (sal->symtab, sal->line, &pc))
5705 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
5706 sal->line, sal->symtab->filename);
5707 sal->pc = pc;
5708 }
5709
5710 if (sal->section == 0 && sal->symtab != NULL)
5711 {
5712 struct blockvector *bv;
5713 struct block *b;
5714 struct symbol *sym;
5715 int index;
5716
5717 bv = blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal->pc, 0, &index, sal->symtab);
5718 if (bv != NULL)
5719 {
5720 b = BLOCKVECTOR_BLOCK (bv, index);
5721 sym = block_function (b);
5722 if (sym != NULL)
5723 {
5724 fixup_symbol_section (sym, sal->symtab->objfile);
5725 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (sym);
5726 }
5727 else
5728 {
5729 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll just
5730 have to look harder. This case can be executed if we have
5731 line numbers but no functions (as can happen in assembly
5732 source). */
5733
5734 struct minimal_symbol *msym;
5735
5736 msym = lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal->pc);
5737 if (msym)
5738 sal->section = SYMBOL_BFD_SECTION (msym);
5739 }
5740 }
5741 }
5742 }
5743
5744 void
5745 break_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5746 {
5747 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty, NULL);
5748 }
5749
5750 void
5751 tbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5752 {
5753 break_command_1 (arg, BP_TEMPFLAG, from_tty, NULL);
5754 }
5755
5756 static void
5757 hbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5758 {
5759 break_command_1 (arg, BP_HARDWAREFLAG, from_tty, NULL);
5760 }
5761
5762 static void
5763 thbreak_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5764 {
5765 break_command_1 (arg, (BP_TEMPFLAG | BP_HARDWAREFLAG), from_tty, NULL);
5766 }
5767
5768 static void
5769 stop_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5770 {
5771 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
5772 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
5773 stop at <line>\n"));
5774 }
5775
5776 static void
5777 stopin_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5778 {
5779 int badInput = 0;
5780
5781 if (arg == (char *) NULL)
5782 badInput = 1;
5783 else if (*arg != '*')
5784 {
5785 char *argptr = arg;
5786 int hasColon = 0;
5787
5788 /* look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
5789 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
5790 function/method name */
5791 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5792 {
5793 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5794 argptr++;
5795 }
5796
5797 if (hasColon)
5798 badInput = (*argptr != ':'); /* Not a class::method */
5799 else
5800 badInput = isdigit (*arg); /* a simple line number */
5801 }
5802
5803 if (badInput)
5804 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
5805 else
5806 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty, NULL);
5807 }
5808
5809 static void
5810 stopat_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
5811 {
5812 int badInput = 0;
5813
5814 if (arg == (char *) NULL || *arg == '*') /* no line number */
5815 badInput = 1;
5816 else
5817 {
5818 char *argptr = arg;
5819 int hasColon = 0;
5820
5821 /* look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
5822 it is probably a line number. */
5823 while (*argptr && !hasColon)
5824 {
5825 hasColon = (*argptr == ':');
5826 argptr++;
5827 }
5828
5829 if (hasColon)
5830 badInput = (*argptr == ':'); /* we have class::method */
5831 else
5832 badInput = !isdigit (*arg); /* not a line number */
5833 }
5834
5835 if (badInput)
5836 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
5837 else
5838 break_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty, NULL);
5839 }
5840
5841 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
5842 hw_read: watch read,
5843 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
5844 static void
5845 watch_command_1 (char *arg, int accessflag, int from_tty)
5846 {
5847 struct breakpoint *b;
5848 struct symtab_and_line sal;
5849 struct expression *exp;
5850 struct block *exp_valid_block;
5851 struct value *val, *mark;
5852 struct frame_info *frame;
5853 struct frame_info *prev_frame = NULL;
5854 char *exp_start = NULL;
5855 char *exp_end = NULL;
5856 char *tok, *end_tok;
5857 int toklen;
5858 char *cond_start = NULL;
5859 char *cond_end = NULL;
5860 struct expression *cond = NULL;
5861 int i, other_type_used, target_resources_ok = 0;
5862 enum bptype bp_type;
5863 int mem_cnt = 0;
5864
5865 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
5866
5867 /* Parse arguments. */
5868 innermost_block = NULL;
5869 exp_start = arg;
5870 exp = parse_exp_1 (&arg, 0, 0);
5871 exp_end = arg;
5872 exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
5873 mark = value_mark ();
5874 val = evaluate_expression (exp);
5875 release_value (val);
5876 if (value_lazy (val))
5877 value_fetch_lazy (val);
5878
5879 tok = arg;
5880 while (*tok == ' ' || *tok == '\t')
5881 tok++;
5882 end_tok = tok;
5883
5884 while (*end_tok != ' ' && *end_tok != '\t' && *end_tok != '\000')
5885 end_tok++;
5886
5887 toklen = end_tok - tok;
5888 if (toklen >= 1 && strncmp (tok, "if", toklen) == 0)
5889 {
5890 tok = cond_start = end_tok + 1;
5891 cond = parse_exp_1 (&tok, 0, 0);
5892 cond_end = tok;
5893 }
5894 if (*tok)
5895 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
5896
5897 if (accessflag == hw_read)
5898 bp_type = bp_read_watchpoint;
5899 else if (accessflag == hw_access)
5900 bp_type = bp_access_watchpoint;
5901 else
5902 bp_type = bp_hardware_watchpoint;
5903
5904 mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val);
5905 if (mem_cnt == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5906 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with read/access watchpoint."));
5907 if (mem_cnt != 0)
5908 {
5909 i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bp_type, &other_type_used);
5910 target_resources_ok =
5911 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_type, i + mem_cnt,
5912 other_type_used);
5913 if (target_resources_ok == 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5914 error (_("Target does not support this type of hardware watchpoint."));
5915
5916 if (target_resources_ok < 0 && bp_type != bp_hardware_watchpoint)
5917 error (_("Target can only support one kind of HW watchpoint at a time."));
5918 }
5919
5920 /* Change the type of breakpoint to an ordinary watchpoint if a hardware
5921 watchpoint could not be set. */
5922 if (!mem_cnt || target_resources_ok <= 0)
5923 bp_type = bp_watchpoint;
5924
5925 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
5926 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_type);
5927 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
5928 b->number = breakpoint_count;
5929 b->disposition = disp_donttouch;
5930 b->exp = exp;
5931 b->exp_valid_block = exp_valid_block;
5932 b->exp_string = savestring (exp_start, exp_end - exp_start);
5933 b->val = val;
5934 b->loc->cond = cond;
5935 if (cond_start)
5936 b->cond_string = savestring (cond_start, cond_end - cond_start);
5937 else
5938 b->cond_string = 0;
5939
5940 frame = block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block);
5941 if (frame)
5942 {
5943 prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
5944 b->watchpoint_frame = get_frame_id (frame);
5945 }
5946 else
5947 {
5948 memset (&b->watchpoint_frame, 0, sizeof (b->watchpoint_frame));
5949 }
5950
5951 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
5952 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
5953 expression. */
5954 if (innermost_block)
5955 {
5956 if (prev_frame)
5957 {
5958 struct breakpoint *scope_breakpoint;
5959 scope_breakpoint = create_internal_breakpoint (get_frame_pc (prev_frame),
5960 bp_watchpoint_scope);
5961
5962 scope_breakpoint->enable_state = bp_enabled;
5963
5964 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
5965 scope_breakpoint->disposition = disp_del;
5966
5967 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
5968 scope_breakpoint->frame_id = get_frame_id (prev_frame);
5969
5970 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
5971 scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address
5972 = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
5973 scope_breakpoint->loc->address
5974 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint->loc->requested_address,
5975 scope_breakpoint->type);
5976
5977 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We
5978 will need to act on them together. */
5979 b->related_breakpoint = scope_breakpoint;
5980 }
5981 }
5982 value_free_to_mark (mark);
5983 mention (b);
5984 }
5985
5986 /* Return count of locations need to be watched and can be handled
5987 in hardware. If the watchpoint can not be handled
5988 in hardware return zero. */
5989
5990 static int
5991 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value *v)
5992 {
5993 int found_memory_cnt = 0;
5994 struct value *head = v;
5995
5996 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
5997 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints)
5998 return 0;
5999
6000 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
6001 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
6002 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
6003 hardware watchpoint.
6004
6005 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
6006 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
6007 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
6008 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
6009 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
6010 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
6011 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
6012 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
6013 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
6014
6015 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
6016 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
6017 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
6018 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
6019 for (; v; v = value_next (v))
6020 {
6021 if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_memory)
6022 {
6023 if (value_lazy (v))
6024 /* A lazy memory lvalue is one that GDB never needed to fetch;
6025 we either just used its address (e.g., `a' in `a.b') or
6026 we never needed it at all (e.g., `a' in `a,b'). */
6027 ;
6028 else
6029 {
6030 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
6031 it with hardware watchpoints. */
6032 struct type *vtype = check_typedef (value_type (v));
6033
6034 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
6035 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
6036 middle of some value chain. */
6037 if (v == head
6038 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
6039 && TYPE_CODE (vtype) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY))
6040 {
6041 CORE_ADDR vaddr = VALUE_ADDRESS (v) + value_offset (v);
6042 int len = TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v));
6043
6044 if (!TARGET_REGION_OK_FOR_HW_WATCHPOINT (vaddr, len))
6045 return 0;
6046 else
6047 found_memory_cnt++;
6048 }
6049 }
6050 }
6051 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) != not_lval
6052 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v) == 0)
6053 return 0; /* ??? What does this represent? */
6054 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v) == lval_register)
6055 return 0; /* cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint */
6056 }
6057
6058 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
6059 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
6060 return found_memory_cnt;
6061 }
6062
6063 void
6064 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6065 {
6066 watch_command (arg, from_tty);
6067 }
6068
6069 static void
6070 watch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6071 {
6072 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_write, from_tty);
6073 }
6074
6075 void
6076 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6077 {
6078 rwatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6079 }
6080
6081 static void
6082 rwatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6083 {
6084 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_read, from_tty);
6085 }
6086
6087 void
6088 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg, int from_tty)
6089 {
6090 awatch_command (arg, from_tty);
6091 }
6092
6093 static void
6094 awatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6095 {
6096 watch_command_1 (arg, hw_access, from_tty);
6097 }
6098 \f
6099
6100 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
6101 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
6102
6103 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
6104 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
6105 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
6106 command. */
6107 static void
6108 until_break_command_continuation (struct continuation_arg *arg)
6109 {
6110 struct cleanup *cleanups;
6111
6112 cleanups = (struct cleanup *) arg->data.pointer;
6113 do_exec_cleanups (cleanups);
6114 }
6115
6116 void
6117 until_break_command (char *arg, int from_tty, int anywhere)
6118 {
6119 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6120 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6121 struct frame_info *frame = get_selected_frame (NULL);
6122 struct frame_info *prev_frame = get_prev_frame (frame);
6123 struct breakpoint *breakpoint;
6124 struct cleanup *old_chain;
6125 struct continuation_arg *arg1;
6126
6127
6128 clear_proceed_status ();
6129
6130 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
6131 this function */
6132
6133 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
6134 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, default_breakpoint_symtab,
6135 default_breakpoint_line, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6136 else
6137 sals = decode_line_1 (&arg, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL,
6138 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
6139
6140 if (sals.nelts != 1)
6141 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
6142
6143 sal = sals.sals[0];
6144 xfree (sals.sals); /* malloc'd, so freed */
6145
6146 if (*arg)
6147 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6148
6149 resolve_sal_pc (&sal);
6150
6151 if (anywhere)
6152 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
6153 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
6154 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, null_frame_id, bp_until);
6155 else
6156 /* Otherwise, specify the current frame, because we want to stop only
6157 at the very same frame. */
6158 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (frame),
6159 bp_until);
6160
6161 if (!target_can_async_p ())
6162 old_chain = make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6163 else
6164 old_chain = make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6165
6166 /* If we are running asynchronously, and the target supports async
6167 execution, we are not waiting for the target to stop, in the call
6168 tp proceed, below. This means that we cannot delete the
6169 brekpoints until the target has actually stopped. The only place
6170 where we get a chance to do that is in fetch_inferior_event, so
6171 we must set things up for that. */
6172
6173 if (target_can_async_p ())
6174 {
6175 /* In this case the arg for the continuation is just the point
6176 in the exec_cleanups chain from where to start doing
6177 cleanups, because all the continuation does is the cleanups in
6178 the exec_cleanup_chain. */
6179 arg1 =
6180 (struct continuation_arg *) xmalloc (sizeof (struct continuation_arg));
6181 arg1->next = NULL;
6182 arg1->data.pointer = old_chain;
6183
6184 add_continuation (until_break_command_continuation, arg1);
6185 }
6186
6187 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
6188 one. */
6189 if (prev_frame)
6190 {
6191 sal = find_pc_line (get_frame_pc (prev_frame), 0);
6192 sal.pc = get_frame_pc (prev_frame);
6193 breakpoint = set_momentary_breakpoint (sal, get_frame_id (prev_frame),
6194 bp_until);
6195 if (!target_can_async_p ())
6196 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6197 else
6198 make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint);
6199 }
6200
6201 proceed (-1, TARGET_SIGNAL_DEFAULT, 0);
6202 /* Do the cleanups now, anly if we are not running asynchronously,
6203 of if we are, but the target is still synchronous. */
6204 if (!target_can_async_p ())
6205 do_cleanups (old_chain);
6206 }
6207
6208 static void
6209 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (char **s)
6210 {
6211 if ((s == NULL) || (*s == NULL))
6212 return;
6213 while (isspace (**s))
6214 *s += 1;
6215 }
6216
6217 /* This function examines a string, and attempts to find a token
6218 that might be an event name in the leading characters. If a
6219 possible match is found, a pointer to the last character of
6220 the token is returned. Else, NULL is returned. */
6221
6222 static char *
6223 ep_find_event_name_end (char *arg)
6224 {
6225 char *s = arg;
6226 char *event_name_end = NULL;
6227
6228 /* If we could depend upon the presense of strrpbrk, we'd use that... */
6229 if (arg == NULL)
6230 return NULL;
6231
6232 /* We break out of the loop when we find a token delimiter.
6233 Basically, we're looking for alphanumerics and underscores;
6234 anything else delimites the token. */
6235 while (*s != '\0')
6236 {
6237 if (!isalnum (*s) && (*s != '_'))
6238 break;
6239 event_name_end = s;
6240 s++;
6241 }
6242
6243 return event_name_end;
6244 }
6245
6246
6247 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
6248 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6249
6250 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
6251 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
6252 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
6253 if clause in the arg string. */
6254
6255 static char *
6256 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg)
6257 {
6258 char *cond_string;
6259
6260 if (((*arg)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg)[2]))
6261 return NULL;
6262
6263 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
6264 (*arg) += 2;
6265
6266 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
6267 condition string. */
6268 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (arg);
6269 cond_string = *arg;
6270
6271 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg string. */
6272 (*arg) += strlen (cond_string);
6273
6274 return cond_string;
6275 }
6276
6277 /* This function attempts to parse an optional filename from the arg
6278 string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
6279
6280 Else, it returns a pointer to the parsed filename. (This function
6281 makes no attempt to verify that a file of that name exists, or is
6282 accessible.) And, it updates arg to point to the first character
6283 following the parsed filename in the arg string.
6284
6285 Note that clients needing to preserve the returned filename for
6286 future access should copy it to their own buffers. */
6287 static char *
6288 ep_parse_optional_filename (char **arg)
6289 {
6290 static char filename[1024];
6291 char *arg_p = *arg;
6292 int i;
6293 char c;
6294
6295 if ((*arg_p == '\0') || isspace (*arg_p))
6296 return NULL;
6297
6298 for (i = 0;; i++)
6299 {
6300 c = *arg_p;
6301 if (isspace (c))
6302 c = '\0';
6303 filename[i] = c;
6304 if (c == '\0')
6305 break;
6306 arg_p++;
6307 }
6308 *arg = arg_p;
6309
6310 return filename;
6311 }
6312
6313 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
6314 process start/exit, etc. */
6315
6316 typedef enum
6317 {
6318 catch_fork, catch_vfork
6319 }
6320 catch_fork_kind;
6321
6322 static void
6323 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork_kind fork_kind, char *arg, int tempflag,
6324 int from_tty)
6325 {
6326 char *cond_string = NULL;
6327
6328 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6329
6330 /* The allowed syntax is:
6331 catch [v]fork
6332 catch [v]fork if <cond>
6333
6334 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6335 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6336
6337 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6338 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6339
6340 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
6341 and enable reporting of such events. */
6342 switch (fork_kind)
6343 {
6344 case catch_fork:
6345 create_fork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6346 break;
6347 case catch_vfork:
6348 create_vfork_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6349 break;
6350 default:
6351 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
6352 break;
6353 }
6354 }
6355
6356 static void
6357 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6358 {
6359 char *cond_string = NULL;
6360
6361 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6362
6363 /* The allowed syntax is:
6364 catch exec
6365 catch exec if <cond>
6366
6367 First, check if there's an if clause. */
6368 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6369
6370 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6371 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6372
6373 /* If this target supports it, create an exec catchpoint
6374 and enable reporting of such events. */
6375 create_exec_event_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string);
6376 }
6377
6378 static void
6379 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6380 {
6381 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6382 char *cond_string = NULL;
6383
6384 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6385
6386 /* The allowed syntax is:
6387 catch load
6388 catch load if <cond>
6389 catch load <filename>
6390 catch load <filename> if <cond>
6391
6392 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6393 if clause.
6394
6395 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6396
6397 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6398 cannot be a filename. */
6399 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6400
6401 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6402 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6403 if (cond_string == NULL)
6404 {
6405 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6406 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6407 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6408 }
6409
6410 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6411 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6412
6413 /* Create a load breakpoint that only triggers when a load of
6414 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6415 occurs. */
6416 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_LOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6417 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6418 }
6419
6420 static void
6421 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6422 {
6423 char *dll_pathname = NULL;
6424 char *cond_string = NULL;
6425
6426 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6427
6428 /* The allowed syntax is:
6429 catch unload
6430 catch unload if <cond>
6431 catch unload <filename>
6432 catch unload <filename> if <cond>
6433
6434 The user is not allowed to specify the <filename> after an
6435 if clause.
6436
6437 We'll ignore the pathological case of a file named "if".
6438
6439 First, check if there's an if clause. If so, then there
6440 cannot be a filename. */
6441 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6442
6443 /* If there was an if clause, then there cannot be a filename.
6444 Else, there might be a filename and an if clause. */
6445 if (cond_string == NULL)
6446 {
6447 dll_pathname = ep_parse_optional_filename (&arg);
6448 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6449 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6450 }
6451
6452 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6453 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6454
6455 /* Create an unload breakpoint that only triggers when an unload of
6456 the specified dll (or any dll, if no pathname was specified)
6457 occurs. */
6458 SOLIB_CREATE_CATCH_UNLOAD_HOOK (PIDGET (inferior_ptid), tempflag,
6459 dll_pathname, cond_string);
6460 }
6461
6462 /* Commands to deal with catching exceptions. */
6463
6464 /* Set a breakpoint at the specified callback routine for an
6465 exception event callback */
6466
6467 static void
6468 create_exception_catchpoint (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6469 enum exception_event_kind ex_event,
6470 struct symtab_and_line *sal)
6471 {
6472 struct breakpoint *b;
6473 int thread = -1; /* All threads. */
6474 enum bptype bptype;
6475
6476 if (!sal) /* no exception support? */
6477 return;
6478
6479 switch (ex_event)
6480 {
6481 case EX_EVENT_THROW:
6482 bptype = bp_catch_throw;
6483 break;
6484 case EX_EVENT_CATCH:
6485 bptype = bp_catch_catch;
6486 break;
6487 default: /* error condition */
6488 error (_("Internal error -- invalid catchpoint kind"));
6489 }
6490
6491 b = set_raw_breakpoint (*sal, bptype);
6492 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6493 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6494 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
6495 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
6496 b->thread = thread;
6497 b->addr_string = NULL;
6498 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6499 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6500 mention (b);
6501 }
6502
6503 static enum print_stop_action
6504 print_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6505 {
6506 annotate_catchpoint (b->number);
6507
6508 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6509 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception thrown)\n"),
6510 b->number);
6511 else
6512 printf_filtered (_("\nCatchpoint %d (exception caught)\n"),
6513 b->number);
6514
6515 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC;
6516 }
6517
6518 static void
6519 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b, CORE_ADDR *last_addr)
6520 {
6521 if (addressprint)
6522 {
6523 annotate_field (4);
6524 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout, "addr", b->loc->address);
6525 }
6526 annotate_field (5);
6527 *last_addr = b->loc->address;
6528 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6529 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception throw");
6530 else
6531 ui_out_field_string (uiout, "what", "exception catch");
6532 }
6533
6534 static void
6535 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
6536 {
6537 if (strstr (b->addr_string, "throw") != NULL)
6538 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (throw)"), b->number);
6539 else
6540 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (catch)"), b->number);
6541 }
6542
6543 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops = {
6544 print_exception_catchpoint,
6545 print_one_exception_catchpoint,
6546 print_mention_exception_catchpoint
6547 };
6548
6549 static int
6550 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag, char *cond_string,
6551 enum exception_event_kind ex_event, int from_tty)
6552 {
6553 char *trigger_func_name, *nameptr;
6554 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6555 struct breakpoint *b;
6556
6557 if (ex_event == EX_EVENT_CATCH)
6558 trigger_func_name = xstrdup ("__cxa_begin_catch");
6559 else
6560 trigger_func_name = xstrdup ("__cxa_throw");
6561
6562 nameptr = trigger_func_name;
6563 sals = decode_line_1 (&nameptr, 1, NULL, 0, NULL, NULL);
6564 if (sals.nelts == 0)
6565 {
6566 xfree (trigger_func_name);
6567 return 0;
6568 }
6569
6570 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sals.sals[0], bp_breakpoint);
6571 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6572 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6573 b->cond_string = (cond_string == NULL) ?
6574 NULL : savestring (cond_string, strlen (cond_string));
6575 b->thread = -1;
6576 b->addr_string = trigger_func_name;
6577 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6578 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6579 b->ops = &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops;
6580
6581 xfree (sals.sals);
6582 mention (b);
6583 return 1;
6584 }
6585
6586 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands */
6587
6588 static void
6589 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event, char *arg,
6590 int tempflag, int from_tty)
6591 {
6592 char *cond_string = NULL;
6593 struct symtab_and_line *sal = NULL;
6594
6595 ep_skip_leading_whitespace (&arg);
6596
6597 cond_string = ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg);
6598
6599 if ((*arg != '\0') && !isspace (*arg))
6600 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
6601
6602 if ((ex_event != EX_EVENT_THROW) &&
6603 (ex_event != EX_EVENT_CATCH))
6604 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
6605
6606 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, from_tty))
6607 return;
6608
6609 /* See if we can find a callback routine */
6610 sal = target_enable_exception_callback (ex_event, 1);
6611
6612 if (sal)
6613 {
6614 /* We have callbacks from the runtime system for exceptions.
6615 Set a breakpoint on the sal found, if no errors */
6616 if (sal != (struct symtab_and_line *) -1)
6617 create_exception_catchpoint (tempflag, cond_string, ex_event, sal);
6618 else
6619 return; /* something went wrong with setting up callbacks */
6620 }
6621
6622 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
6623 }
6624
6625 /* Create a breakpoint struct for Ada exception catchpoints. */
6626
6627 static void
6628 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct symtab_and_line sal,
6629 char *addr_string,
6630 char *exp_string,
6631 char *cond_string,
6632 struct expression *cond,
6633 struct breakpoint_ops *ops,
6634 int tempflag,
6635 int from_tty)
6636 {
6637 struct breakpoint *b;
6638
6639 if (from_tty)
6640 {
6641 describe_other_breakpoints (sal.pc, sal.section, -1);
6642 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
6643 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
6644 used for different exception names will use the same address.
6645 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
6646 unproductive. Besides. the warning phrasing is also a bit
6647 inapropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
6648 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
6649 enough for now, though. */
6650 }
6651
6652 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6653 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6654
6655 b->enable_state = bp_enabled;
6656 b->disposition = tempflag ? disp_del : disp_donttouch;
6657 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6658 b->ignore_count = 0;
6659 b->loc->cond = cond;
6660 b->addr_string = addr_string;
6661 b->language = language_ada;
6662 b->cond_string = cond_string;
6663 b->exp_string = exp_string;
6664 b->thread = -1;
6665 b->ops = ops;
6666 b->from_tty = from_tty;
6667
6668 mention (b);
6669 }
6670
6671 /* Implement the "catch exception" command. */
6672
6673 static void
6674 catch_ada_exception_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6675 {
6676 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6677 enum bptype type;
6678 char *addr_string = NULL;
6679 char *exp_string = NULL;
6680 char *cond_string = NULL;
6681 struct expression *cond = NULL;
6682 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6683
6684 sal = ada_decode_exception_location (arg, &addr_string, &exp_string,
6685 &cond_string, &cond, &ops);
6686 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, exp_string,
6687 cond_string, cond, ops, tempflag,
6688 from_tty);
6689 }
6690
6691 /* Implement the "catch assert" command. */
6692
6693 static void
6694 catch_assert_command (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6695 {
6696 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6697 char *addr_string = NULL;
6698 struct breakpoint_ops *ops = NULL;
6699
6700 sal = ada_decode_assert_location (arg, &addr_string, &ops);
6701 create_ada_exception_breakpoint (sal, addr_string, NULL, NULL, NULL, ops,
6702 tempflag, from_tty);
6703 }
6704
6705 /* Cover routine to allow wrapping target_enable_exception_catchpoints
6706 inside a catch_errors */
6707
6708 static int
6709 cover_target_enable_exception_callback (void *arg)
6710 {
6711 args_for_catchpoint_enable *args = arg;
6712 struct symtab_and_line *sal;
6713 sal = target_enable_exception_callback (args->kind, args->enable_p);
6714 if (sal == NULL)
6715 return 0;
6716 else if (sal == (struct symtab_and_line *) -1)
6717 return -1;
6718 else
6719 return 1; /*is valid */
6720 }
6721
6722 static void
6723 catch_command_1 (char *arg, int tempflag, int from_tty)
6724 {
6725
6726 /* The first argument may be an event name, such as "start" or "load".
6727 If so, then handle it as such. If it doesn't match an event name,
6728 then attempt to interpret it as an exception name. (This latter is
6729 the v4.16-and-earlier GDB meaning of the "catch" command.)
6730
6731 First, try to find the bounds of what might be an event name. */
6732 char *arg1_start = arg;
6733 char *arg1_end;
6734 int arg1_length;
6735
6736 if (arg1_start == NULL)
6737 {
6738 /* Old behaviour was to use pre-v-4.16 syntax */
6739 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6740 /* return; */
6741 /* Now, this is not allowed */
6742 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
6743
6744 }
6745 arg1_end = ep_find_event_name_end (arg1_start);
6746 if (arg1_end == NULL)
6747 error (_("catch requires an event"));
6748 arg1_length = arg1_end + 1 - arg1_start;
6749
6750 /* Try to match what we found against known event names. */
6751 if (strncmp (arg1_start, "signal", arg1_length) == 0)
6752 {
6753 error (_("Catch of signal not yet implemented"));
6754 }
6755 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "catch", arg1_length) == 0)
6756 {
6757 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH, arg1_end + 1,
6758 tempflag, from_tty);
6759 }
6760 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "throw", arg1_length) == 0)
6761 {
6762 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW, arg1_end + 1,
6763 tempflag, from_tty);
6764 }
6765 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_start", arg1_length) == 0)
6766 {
6767 error (_("Catch of thread_start not yet implemented"));
6768 }
6769 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6770 {
6771 error (_("Catch of thread_exit not yet implemented"));
6772 }
6773 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "thread_join", arg1_length) == 0)
6774 {
6775 error (_("Catch of thread_join not yet implemented"));
6776 }
6777 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "start", arg1_length) == 0)
6778 {
6779 error (_("Catch of start not yet implemented"));
6780 }
6781 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exit", arg1_length) == 0)
6782 {
6783 error (_("Catch of exit not yet implemented"));
6784 }
6785 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "fork", arg1_length) == 0)
6786 {
6787 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_fork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6788 }
6789 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "vfork", arg1_length) == 0)
6790 {
6791 catch_fork_command_1 (catch_vfork, arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6792 }
6793 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exec", arg1_length) == 0)
6794 {
6795 catch_exec_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6796 }
6797 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "load", arg1_length) == 0)
6798 {
6799 catch_load_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6800 }
6801 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "unload", arg1_length) == 0)
6802 {
6803 catch_unload_command_1 (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6804 }
6805 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "stop", arg1_length) == 0)
6806 {
6807 error (_("Catch of stop not yet implemented"));
6808 }
6809 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "exception", arg1_length) == 0)
6810 {
6811 catch_ada_exception_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6812 }
6813
6814 else if (strncmp (arg1_start, "assert", arg1_length) == 0)
6815 {
6816 catch_assert_command (arg1_end + 1, tempflag, from_tty);
6817 }
6818
6819 /* This doesn't appear to be an event name */
6820
6821 else
6822 {
6823 /* Pre-v.4.16 behaviour was to treat the argument
6824 as the name of an exception */
6825 /* catch_throw_command_1 (arg1_start, tempflag, from_tty); */
6826 /* Now this is not allowed */
6827 error (_("Unknown event kind specified for catch"));
6828
6829 }
6830 }
6831
6832 /* Used by the gui, could be made a worker for other things. */
6833
6834 struct breakpoint *
6835 set_breakpoint_sal (struct symtab_and_line sal)
6836 {
6837 struct breakpoint *b;
6838 b = set_raw_breakpoint (sal, bp_breakpoint);
6839 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count + 1);
6840 b->number = breakpoint_count;
6841 b->thread = -1;
6842 return b;
6843 }
6844
6845 static void
6846 catch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6847 {
6848 catch_command_1 (arg, 0, from_tty);
6849 }
6850 \f
6851
6852 static void
6853 tcatch_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6854 {
6855 catch_command_1 (arg, 1, from_tty);
6856 }
6857
6858 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
6859
6860 static void
6861 clear_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
6862 {
6863 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp, *prev, *found;
6864 int default_match;
6865 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
6866 struct symtab_and_line sal;
6867 int i;
6868
6869 if (arg)
6870 {
6871 sals = decode_line_spec (arg, 1);
6872 default_match = 0;
6873 }
6874 else
6875 {
6876 sals.sals = (struct symtab_and_line *)
6877 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line));
6878 make_cleanup (xfree, sals.sals);
6879 init_sal (&sal); /* initialize to zeroes */
6880 sal.line = default_breakpoint_line;
6881 sal.symtab = default_breakpoint_symtab;
6882 sal.pc = default_breakpoint_address;
6883 if (sal.symtab == 0)
6884 error (_("No source file specified."));
6885
6886 sals.sals[0] = sal;
6887 sals.nelts = 1;
6888
6889 default_match = 1;
6890 }
6891
6892 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond
6893 to it. Do it in two passes, solely to preserve the current
6894 behavior that from_tty is forced true if we delete more than
6895 one breakpoint. */
6896
6897 found = NULL;
6898 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; i++)
6899 {
6900 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
6901 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
6902 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
6903 or at default pc.
6904
6905 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
6906
6907 0 1 pc
6908 1 1 pc _and_ line
6909 0 0 line
6910 1 0 <can't happen> */
6911
6912 sal = sals.sals[i];
6913 prev = NULL;
6914
6915 /* Find all matching breakpoints, remove them from the
6916 breakpoint chain, and add them to the 'found' chain. */
6917 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
6918 {
6919 int match = 0;
6920 /* Are we going to delete b? */
6921 if (b->type != bp_none
6922 && b->type != bp_watchpoint
6923 && b->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
6924 && b->type != bp_read_watchpoint
6925 && b->type != bp_access_watchpoint)
6926 {
6927 struct bp_location *loc = b->loc;
6928 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
6929 {
6930 int pc_match = sal.pc
6931 && (loc->address == sal.pc)
6932 && (!section_is_overlay (loc->section)
6933 || loc->section == sal.section);
6934 int line_match = ((default_match || (0 == sal.pc))
6935 && b->source_file != NULL
6936 && sal.symtab != NULL
6937 && strcmp (b->source_file, sal.symtab->filename) == 0
6938 && b->line_number == sal.line);
6939 if (pc_match || line_match)
6940 {
6941 match = 1;
6942 break;
6943 }
6944 }
6945 }
6946
6947 if (match)
6948 {
6949 /* Remove it from breakpoint_chain... */
6950 if (b == breakpoint_chain)
6951 {
6952 /* b is at the head of the list */
6953 breakpoint_chain = b->next;
6954 }
6955 else
6956 {
6957 prev->next = b->next;
6958 }
6959 /* And add it to 'found' chain. */
6960 b->next = found;
6961 found = b;
6962 }
6963 else
6964 {
6965 /* Keep b, and keep a pointer to it. */
6966 prev = b;
6967 }
6968 }
6969 }
6970 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
6971 if (found == 0)
6972 {
6973 if (arg)
6974 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg);
6975 else
6976 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
6977 }
6978
6979 if (found->next)
6980 from_tty = 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one */
6981 if (from_tty)
6982 {
6983 if (!found->next)
6984 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
6985 else
6986 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
6987 }
6988 breakpoints_changed ();
6989 while (found)
6990 {
6991 if (from_tty)
6992 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", found->number);
6993 tmp = found->next;
6994 delete_breakpoint (found);
6995 found = tmp;
6996 }
6997 if (from_tty)
6998 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
6999 }
7000 \f
7001 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
7002 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
7003 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
7004
7005 void
7006 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs)
7007 {
7008 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7009
7010 for (; bs; bs = bs->next)
7011 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner->disposition == disp_del
7012 && bs->stop)
7013 delete_breakpoint (bs->breakpoint_at->owner);
7014
7015 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7016 {
7017 if (b->disposition == disp_del_at_next_stop)
7018 delete_breakpoint (b);
7019 }
7020 }
7021
7022 /* Remove locations of breakpoint BPT from
7023 the global list of breakpoint locations. */
7024
7025 static void
7026 unlink_locations_from_global_list (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7027 {
7028 /* This code assumes that the locations
7029 of a breakpoint are found in the global list
7030 in the same order, but not necessary adjacent. */
7031 struct bp_location **tmp = &bp_location_chain;
7032 struct bp_location *here = bpt->loc;
7033
7034 if (here == NULL)
7035 return;
7036
7037 for (; *tmp && here;)
7038 {
7039 if (*tmp == here)
7040 {
7041 *tmp = here->global_next;
7042 here = here->next;
7043 }
7044 else
7045 {
7046 tmp = &((*tmp)->global_next);
7047 }
7048 }
7049 }
7050
7051 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
7052 structures. */
7053
7054 void
7055 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7056 {
7057 struct breakpoint *b;
7058 bpstat bs;
7059 struct bp_location *loc;
7060
7061 gdb_assert (bpt != NULL);
7062
7063 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because multiple
7064 lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are especial culprits.
7065
7066 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When the
7067 scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of scope, and
7068 delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the scope bp is marked
7069 "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat. That bpstat is then
7070 checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are deleted.
7071
7072 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in bp's,
7073 and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing bpstat's, and
7074 teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's storage when no more
7075 references were extent. A cheaper bandaid was chosen. */
7076 if (bpt->type == bp_none)
7077 return;
7078
7079 if (deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook)
7080 deprecated_delete_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7081 breakpoint_delete_event (bpt->number);
7082
7083 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7084 {
7085 if (loc->inserted)
7086 remove_breakpoint (loc, mark_inserted);
7087
7088 free_valchain (loc);
7089
7090 if (loc->cond)
7091 xfree (loc->cond);
7092
7093 if (loc->function_name)
7094 xfree (loc->function_name);
7095 }
7096
7097 if (breakpoint_chain == bpt)
7098 breakpoint_chain = bpt->next;
7099
7100 /* If we have callback-style exception catchpoints, don't go through
7101 the adjustments to the C++ runtime library etc. if the inferior
7102 isn't actually running. target_enable_exception_callback for a
7103 null target ops vector gives an undesirable error message, so we
7104 check here and avoid it. Since currently (1997-09-17) only HP-UX aCC's
7105 exceptions are supported in this way, it's OK for now. FIXME */
7106 if (ep_is_exception_catchpoint (bpt) && target_has_execution)
7107 {
7108 /* Format possible error msg */
7109 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in deleting catchpoint %d:\n",
7110 bpt->number);
7111 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7112 args_for_catchpoint_enable args;
7113 args.kind = bpt->type == bp_catch_catch ?
7114 EX_EVENT_CATCH : EX_EVENT_THROW;
7115 args.enable_p = 0;
7116 catch_errors (cover_target_enable_exception_callback, &args,
7117 message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7118 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7119 }
7120
7121
7122 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7123 if (b->next == bpt)
7124 {
7125 b->next = bpt->next;
7126 break;
7127 }
7128
7129 unlink_locations_from_global_list (bpt);
7130
7131 check_duplicates (bpt);
7132
7133 if (bpt->type != bp_hardware_watchpoint
7134 && bpt->type != bp_read_watchpoint
7135 && bpt->type != bp_access_watchpoint
7136 && bpt->type != bp_catch_fork
7137 && bpt->type != bp_catch_vfork
7138 && bpt->type != bp_catch_exec)
7139 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc; loc = loc->next)
7140 {
7141 /* If this breakpoint location was inserted, and there is
7142 another breakpoint at the same address, we need to
7143 insert the other breakpoint. */
7144 if (loc->inserted)
7145 {
7146 struct bp_location *loc2;
7147 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc2)
7148 if (loc2->address == loc->address
7149 && loc2->section == loc->section
7150 && !loc->duplicate
7151 && loc2->owner->enable_state != bp_disabled
7152 && loc2->enabled
7153 && !loc2->shlib_disabled
7154 && loc2->owner->enable_state != bp_call_disabled)
7155 {
7156 int val;
7157
7158 /* We should never reach this point if there is a permanent
7159 breakpoint at the same address as the one being deleted.
7160 If there is a permanent breakpoint somewhere, it should
7161 always be the only one inserted. */
7162 if (loc2->owner->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7163 internal_error (__FILE__, __LINE__,
7164 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
7165 "a permanent breakpoint"));
7166
7167 memset (&loc2->target_info, 0, sizeof (loc2->target_info));
7168 loc2->target_info.placed_address = loc2->address;
7169 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7170 val = target_insert_hw_breakpoint (&loc2->target_info);
7171 else
7172 val = target_insert_breakpoint (&loc2->target_info);
7173
7174 /* If there was an error in the insert, print a message, then stop execution. */
7175 if (val != 0)
7176 {
7177 struct ui_file *tmp_error_stream = mem_fileopen ();
7178 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream);
7179
7180
7181 if (b->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7182 {
7183 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,
7184 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d.\n"
7185 "You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints.\n",
7186 b->number);
7187 }
7188 else
7189 {
7190 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream, "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n", b->number);
7191 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, "Error accessing memory address ");
7192 deprecated_print_address_numeric (loc2->address, 1, tmp_error_stream);
7193 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream, ": %s.\n",
7194 safe_strerror (val));
7195 }
7196
7197 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream,"The same program may be running in another process.");
7198 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7199 error_stream(tmp_error_stream);
7200 }
7201 else
7202 loc2->inserted = 1;
7203 }
7204 }
7205 }
7206
7207 free_command_lines (&bpt->commands);
7208 if (bpt->cond_string != NULL)
7209 xfree (bpt->cond_string);
7210 if (bpt->addr_string != NULL)
7211 xfree (bpt->addr_string);
7212 if (bpt->exp != NULL)
7213 xfree (bpt->exp);
7214 if (bpt->exp_string != NULL)
7215 xfree (bpt->exp_string);
7216 if (bpt->val != NULL)
7217 value_free (bpt->val);
7218 if (bpt->source_file != NULL)
7219 xfree (bpt->source_file);
7220 if (bpt->dll_pathname != NULL)
7221 xfree (bpt->dll_pathname);
7222 if (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname != NULL)
7223 xfree (bpt->triggered_dll_pathname);
7224 if (bpt->exec_pathname != NULL)
7225 xfree (bpt->exec_pathname);
7226
7227 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at it after it's been freed. */
7228 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's?
7229 We just check stop_bpstat for now. Note that we cannot just
7230 remove bpstats pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list
7231 entirely, as breakpoint commands are associated with the bpstat;
7232 if we remove it here, then the later call to
7233 bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat);
7234 in event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints
7235 with commands won't work. */
7236 for (bs = stop_bpstat; bs; bs = bs->next)
7237 if (bs->breakpoint_at && bs->breakpoint_at->owner == bpt)
7238 {
7239 bs->breakpoint_at = NULL;
7240 bs->old_val = NULL;
7241 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
7242 }
7243 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this same
7244 bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
7245 bpt->type = bp_none;
7246
7247 for (loc = bpt->loc; loc;)
7248 {
7249 struct bp_location *loc_next = loc->next;
7250 xfree (loc);
7251 loc = loc_next;
7252 }
7253 xfree (bpt);
7254 }
7255
7256 static void
7257 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b)
7258 {
7259 delete_breakpoint (b);
7260 }
7261
7262 struct cleanup *
7263 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7264 {
7265 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7266 }
7267
7268 struct cleanup *
7269 make_exec_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *b)
7270 {
7271 return make_exec_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup, b);
7272 }
7273
7274 void
7275 delete_command (char *arg, int from_tty)
7276 {
7277 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7278
7279 dont_repeat ();
7280
7281 if (arg == 0)
7282 {
7283 int breaks_to_delete = 0;
7284
7285 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
7286 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
7287 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number argument. */
7288 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7289 {
7290 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7291 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7292 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7293 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7294 b->number >= 0)
7295 {
7296 breaks_to_delete = 1;
7297 break;
7298 }
7299 }
7300
7301 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
7302 if (!from_tty
7303 || (breaks_to_delete && query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
7304 {
7305 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7306 {
7307 if (b->type != bp_call_dummy &&
7308 b->type != bp_shlib_event &&
7309 b->type != bp_thread_event &&
7310 b->type != bp_overlay_event &&
7311 b->number >= 0)
7312 delete_breakpoint (b);
7313 }
7314 }
7315 }
7316 else
7317 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg, delete_breakpoint);
7318 }
7319
7320 static int
7321 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location *loc)
7322 {
7323 for (; loc; loc = loc->next)
7324 if (!loc->shlib_disabled)
7325 return 0;
7326 return 1;
7327 }
7328
7329 static void
7330 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint *b,
7331 struct symtabs_and_lines sals)
7332 {
7333 int i;
7334 char *s;
7335 struct bp_location *existing_locations = b->loc;
7336
7337 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations
7338 are pending, don't do anything. This optimizes
7339 the common case where all locations are in the same
7340 shared library, that was unloaded. We'd like to
7341 retain the location, so that when the library
7342 is loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled
7343 status of the individual locations. */
7344 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations) && sals.nelts == 0)
7345 return;
7346
7347 unlink_locations_from_global_list (b);
7348 b->loc = NULL;
7349
7350 for (i = 0; i < sals.nelts; ++i)
7351 {
7352 struct bp_location *new_loc =
7353 add_location_to_breakpoint (b, b->type, &(sals.sals[i]));
7354
7355 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
7356 old symtab. */
7357 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7358 {
7359 struct gdb_exception e;
7360
7361 s = b->cond_string;
7362 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7363 {
7364 new_loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, block_for_pc (sals.sals[i].pc),
7365 0);
7366 }
7367 if (e.reason < 0)
7368 {
7369 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition for breakpoint %d: %s"),
7370 b->number, e.message);
7371 new_loc->enabled = 0;
7372 }
7373 }
7374
7375 if (b->source_file != NULL)
7376 xfree (b->source_file);
7377 if (sals.sals[i].symtab == NULL)
7378 b->source_file = NULL;
7379 else
7380 b->source_file =
7381 savestring (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename,
7382 strlen (sals.sals[i].symtab->filename));
7383
7384 if (b->line_number == 0)
7385 b->line_number = sals.sals[i].line;
7386 }
7387
7388 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing breakpoints. */
7389 {
7390 struct bp_location *e = existing_locations;
7391 for (; e; e = e->next)
7392 {
7393 if (!e->enabled && e->function_name)
7394 {
7395 struct bp_location *l = b->loc;
7396 for (; l; l = l->next)
7397 if (l->function_name
7398 && strcmp (e->function_name, l->function_name) == 0)
7399 {
7400 l->enabled = 0;
7401 break;
7402 }
7403 }
7404 }
7405 }
7406
7407 if (existing_locations)
7408 free_bp_location (existing_locations);
7409 }
7410
7411
7412 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
7413 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
7414 Unused in this case. */
7415
7416 static int
7417 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint)
7418 {
7419 /* get past catch_errs */
7420 struct breakpoint *b = (struct breakpoint *) bint;
7421 struct value *mark;
7422 int i;
7423 int not_found = 0;
7424 int *not_found_ptr = &not_found;
7425 struct symtabs_and_lines sals = {};
7426 char *s;
7427 enum enable_state save_enable;
7428 struct gdb_exception e;
7429
7430
7431 switch (b->type)
7432 {
7433 case bp_none:
7434 warning (_("attempted to reset apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7435 b->number);
7436 return 0;
7437 case bp_breakpoint:
7438 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7439 case bp_catch_load:
7440 case bp_catch_unload:
7441 if (b->addr_string == NULL)
7442 {
7443 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
7444 delete_breakpoint (b);
7445 return 0;
7446 }
7447
7448 set_language (b->language);
7449 input_radix = b->input_radix;
7450 s = b->addr_string;
7451 TRY_CATCH (e, RETURN_MASK_ERROR)
7452 {
7453 sals = decode_line_1 (&s, 1, (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL,
7454 not_found_ptr);
7455 }
7456 if (e.reason < 0)
7457 {
7458 int not_found_and_ok = 0;
7459 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing
7460 will fail until the right shared library is loaded.
7461 User has already told to create pending breakpoints and
7462 don't need extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
7463 state, then user already saw the message about that breakpoint
7464 being disabled, and don't want to see more errors. */
7465 if (not_found
7466 && (b->condition_not_parsed
7467 || (b->loc && b->loc->shlib_disabled)
7468 || b->enable_state == bp_disabled))
7469 not_found_and_ok = 1;
7470
7471 if (!not_found_and_ok)
7472 {
7473 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
7474 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
7475 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
7476 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
7477 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
7478 which approach is better. */
7479 b->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7480 throw_exception (e);
7481 }
7482 }
7483
7484 if (not_found)
7485 break;
7486
7487 gdb_assert (sals.nelts == 1);
7488 resolve_sal_pc (&sals.sals[0]);
7489 if (b->condition_not_parsed && s && s[0])
7490 {
7491 char *cond_string = 0;
7492 int thread = -1;
7493 find_condition_and_thread (s, sals.sals[0].pc,
7494 &cond_string, &thread);
7495 if (cond_string)
7496 b->cond_string = cond_string;
7497 b->thread = thread;
7498 b->condition_not_parsed = 0;
7499 }
7500
7501 update_breakpoint_locations (b, sals);
7502
7503 /* Now that this is re-enabled, check_duplicates
7504 can be used. */
7505 check_duplicates (b);
7506
7507 xfree (sals.sals);
7508 break;
7509
7510 case bp_watchpoint:
7511 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7512 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7513 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7514 innermost_block = NULL;
7515 /* The issue arises of what context to evaluate this in. The
7516 same one as when it was set, but what does that mean when
7517 symbols have been re-read? We could save the filename and
7518 functionname, but if the context is more local than that, the
7519 best we could do would be something like how many levels deep
7520 and which index at that particular level, but that's going to
7521 be less stable than filenames or function names. */
7522
7523 /* So for now, just use a global context. */
7524 if (b->exp)
7525 {
7526 xfree (b->exp);
7527 /* Avoid re-freeing b->exp if an error during the call to
7528 parse_expression. */
7529 b->exp = NULL;
7530 }
7531 b->exp = parse_expression (b->exp_string);
7532 b->exp_valid_block = innermost_block;
7533 mark = value_mark ();
7534 if (b->val)
7535 {
7536 value_free (b->val);
7537 /* Avoid re-freeing b->val if an error during the call to
7538 evaluate_expression. */
7539 b->val = NULL;
7540 }
7541 b->val = evaluate_expression (b->exp);
7542 release_value (b->val);
7543 if (value_lazy (b->val) && breakpoint_enabled (b))
7544 value_fetch_lazy (b->val);
7545
7546 if (b->cond_string != NULL)
7547 {
7548 s = b->cond_string;
7549 if (b->loc->cond)
7550 {
7551 xfree (b->loc->cond);
7552 /* Avoid re-freeing b->exp if an error during the call
7553 to parse_exp_1. */
7554 b->loc->cond = NULL;
7555 }
7556 b->loc->cond = parse_exp_1 (&s, (struct block *) 0, 0);
7557 }
7558 if (breakpoint_enabled (b))
7559 mention (b);
7560 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7561 break;
7562 case bp_catch_catch:
7563 case bp_catch_throw:
7564 break;
7565 /* We needn't really do anything to reset these, since the mask
7566 that requests them is unaffected by e.g., new libraries being
7567 loaded. */
7568 case bp_catch_fork:
7569 case bp_catch_vfork:
7570 case bp_catch_exec:
7571 break;
7572
7573 default:
7574 printf_filtered (_("Deleting unknown breakpoint type %d\n"), b->type);
7575 /* fall through */
7576 /* Delete longjmp and overlay event breakpoints; they will be
7577 reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
7578 case bp_longjmp:
7579 case bp_longjmp_resume:
7580 case bp_overlay_event:
7581 delete_breakpoint (b);
7582 break;
7583
7584 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
7585 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
7586 case bp_shlib_event:
7587
7588 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special.
7589 Once it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
7590 case bp_thread_event:
7591
7592 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
7593 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
7594 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
7595 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
7596 case bp_until:
7597 case bp_finish:
7598 case bp_watchpoint_scope:
7599 case bp_call_dummy:
7600 case bp_step_resume:
7601 break;
7602 }
7603
7604 return 0;
7605 }
7606
7607 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
7608 void
7609 breakpoint_re_set (void)
7610 {
7611 struct breakpoint *b, *temp;
7612 enum language save_language;
7613 int save_input_radix;
7614
7615 save_language = current_language->la_language;
7616 save_input_radix = input_radix;
7617 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, temp)
7618 {
7619 /* Format possible error msg */
7620 char *message = xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
7621 b->number);
7622 struct cleanup *cleanups = make_cleanup (xfree, message);
7623 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one, b, message, RETURN_MASK_ALL);
7624 do_cleanups (cleanups);
7625 }
7626 set_language (save_language);
7627 input_radix = save_input_radix;
7628
7629 if (gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (current_gdbarch))
7630 {
7631 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("longjmp");
7632 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_longjmp");
7633 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("siglongjmp");
7634 create_longjmp_breakpoint ("_siglongjmp");
7635 create_longjmp_breakpoint (NULL);
7636 }
7637
7638 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ("_ovly_debug_event");
7639 }
7640 \f
7641 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
7642
7643 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
7644 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
7645 void
7646 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint *b)
7647 {
7648 if (b->thread != -1)
7649 {
7650 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid))
7651 b->thread = pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid);
7652 }
7653 }
7654
7655 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7656 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7657 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7658
7659 void
7660 set_ignore_count (int bptnum, int count, int from_tty)
7661 {
7662 struct breakpoint *b;
7663
7664 if (count < 0)
7665 count = 0;
7666
7667 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7668 if (b->number == bptnum)
7669 {
7670 b->ignore_count = count;
7671 if (from_tty)
7672 {
7673 if (count == 0)
7674 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time breakpoint %d is reached."),
7675 bptnum);
7676 else if (count == 1)
7677 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
7678 bptnum);
7679 else
7680 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d crossings of breakpoint %d."),
7681 count, bptnum);
7682 }
7683 breakpoints_changed ();
7684 breakpoint_modify_event (b->number);
7685 return;
7686 }
7687
7688 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum);
7689 }
7690
7691 /* Clear the ignore counts of all breakpoints. */
7692 void
7693 breakpoint_clear_ignore_counts (void)
7694 {
7695 struct breakpoint *b;
7696
7697 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7698 b->ignore_count = 0;
7699 }
7700
7701 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
7702
7703 static void
7704 ignore_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7705 {
7706 char *p = args;
7707 int num;
7708
7709 if (p == 0)
7710 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
7711
7712 num = get_number (&p);
7713 if (num == 0)
7714 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args);
7715 if (*p == 0)
7716 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
7717
7718 set_ignore_count (num,
7719 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p))),
7720 from_tty);
7721 if (from_tty)
7722 printf_filtered ("\n");
7723 }
7724 \f
7725 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
7726 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
7727
7728 static void
7729 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args, void (*function) (struct breakpoint *))
7730 {
7731 char *p = args;
7732 char *p1;
7733 int num;
7734 struct breakpoint *b, *tmp;
7735 int match;
7736
7737 if (p == 0)
7738 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
7739
7740 while (*p)
7741 {
7742 match = 0;
7743 p1 = p;
7744
7745 num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7746 if (num == 0)
7747 {
7748 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p);
7749 }
7750 else
7751 {
7752 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b, tmp)
7753 if (b->number == num)
7754 {
7755 struct breakpoint *related_breakpoint = b->related_breakpoint;
7756 match = 1;
7757 function (b);
7758 if (related_breakpoint)
7759 function (related_breakpoint);
7760 break;
7761 }
7762 if (match == 0)
7763 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num);
7764 }
7765 p = p1;
7766 }
7767 }
7768
7769 static struct bp_location *
7770 find_location_by_number (char *number)
7771 {
7772 char *dot = strchr (number, '.');
7773 char *p1;
7774 int bp_num;
7775 int loc_num;
7776 struct breakpoint *b;
7777 struct bp_location *loc;
7778
7779 *dot = '\0';
7780
7781 p1 = number;
7782 bp_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7783 if (bp_num == 0)
7784 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7785
7786 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b)
7787 if (b->number == bp_num)
7788 {
7789 break;
7790 }
7791
7792 if (!b || b->number != bp_num)
7793 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number);
7794
7795 p1 = dot+1;
7796 loc_num = get_number_or_range (&p1);
7797 if (loc_num == 0)
7798 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number);
7799
7800 --loc_num;
7801 loc = b->loc;
7802 for (;loc_num && loc; --loc_num, loc = loc->next)
7803 ;
7804 if (!loc)
7805 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot+1);
7806
7807 return loc;
7808 }
7809
7810
7811 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
7812 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
7813 which ends with a period (no newline). */
7814
7815 void
7816 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7817 {
7818 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
7819 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
7820 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
7821 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint_scope)
7822 return;
7823
7824 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
7825 if (bpt->enable_state == bp_permanent)
7826 return;
7827
7828 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7829
7830 check_duplicates (bpt);
7831
7832 if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
7833 deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7834 breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
7835 }
7836
7837 static void
7838 disable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7839 {
7840 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7841 if (args == 0)
7842 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7843 switch (bpt->type)
7844 {
7845 case bp_none:
7846 warning (_("attempted to disable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7847 bpt->number);
7848 continue;
7849 case bp_breakpoint:
7850 case bp_catch_load:
7851 case bp_catch_unload:
7852 case bp_catch_fork:
7853 case bp_catch_vfork:
7854 case bp_catch_exec:
7855 case bp_catch_catch:
7856 case bp_catch_throw:
7857 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7858 case bp_watchpoint:
7859 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7860 case bp_read_watchpoint:
7861 case bp_access_watchpoint:
7862 disable_breakpoint (bpt);
7863 default:
7864 continue;
7865 }
7866 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
7867 {
7868 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
7869 if (loc)
7870 loc->enabled = 0;
7871 check_duplicates (loc->owner);
7872 }
7873 else
7874 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, disable_breakpoint);
7875 }
7876
7877 static void
7878 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt, enum bpdisp disposition)
7879 {
7880 int target_resources_ok, other_type_used;
7881 struct value *mark;
7882
7883 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_breakpoint)
7884 {
7885 int i;
7886 i = hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
7887 target_resources_ok =
7888 TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (bp_hardware_breakpoint,
7889 i + 1, 0);
7890 if (target_resources_ok == 0)
7891 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
7892 else if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7893 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
7894 }
7895
7896 if (bpt->enable_state != bp_permanent)
7897 bpt->enable_state = bp_enabled;
7898 bpt->disposition = disposition;
7899 check_duplicates (bpt);
7900 breakpoints_changed ();
7901
7902 if (bpt->type == bp_watchpoint ||
7903 bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7904 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7905 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7906 {
7907 struct frame_id saved_frame_id;
7908
7909 saved_frame_id = get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL));
7910 if (bpt->exp_valid_block != NULL)
7911 {
7912 struct frame_info *fr =
7913 fr = frame_find_by_id (bpt->watchpoint_frame);
7914 if (fr == NULL)
7915 {
7916 printf_filtered (_("\
7917 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because the block in which its expression\n\
7918 is valid is not currently in scope.\n"), bpt->number);
7919 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7920 return;
7921 }
7922 select_frame (fr);
7923 }
7924
7925 value_free (bpt->val);
7926 mark = value_mark ();
7927 bpt->val = evaluate_expression (bpt->exp);
7928 release_value (bpt->val);
7929 if (value_lazy (bpt->val))
7930 value_fetch_lazy (bpt->val);
7931
7932 if (bpt->type == bp_hardware_watchpoint ||
7933 bpt->type == bp_read_watchpoint ||
7934 bpt->type == bp_access_watchpoint)
7935 {
7936 int i = hw_watchpoint_used_count (bpt->type, &other_type_used);
7937 int mem_cnt = can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bpt->val);
7938
7939 /* Hack around 'unused var' error for some targets here */
7940 (void) mem_cnt, (void) i;
7941 target_resources_ok = TARGET_CAN_USE_HARDWARE_WATCHPOINT (
7942 bpt->type, i + mem_cnt, other_type_used);
7943 /* we can consider of type is bp_hardware_watchpoint, convert to
7944 bp_watchpoint in the following condition */
7945 if (target_resources_ok < 0)
7946 {
7947 printf_filtered (_("\
7948 Cannot enable watchpoint %d because target watch resources\n\
7949 have been allocated for other watchpoints.\n"), bpt->number);
7950 bpt->enable_state = bp_disabled;
7951 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7952 return;
7953 }
7954 }
7955
7956 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id));
7957 value_free_to_mark (mark);
7958 }
7959
7960 if (deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook)
7961 deprecated_modify_breakpoint_hook (bpt);
7962 breakpoint_modify_event (bpt->number);
7963 }
7964
7965
7966 void
7967 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
7968 {
7969 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, bpt->disposition);
7970 }
7971
7972 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
7973 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
7974 in stopping the inferior. */
7975
7976 static void
7977 enable_command (char *args, int from_tty)
7978 {
7979 struct breakpoint *bpt;
7980 if (args == 0)
7981 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt)
7982 switch (bpt->type)
7983 {
7984 case bp_none:
7985 warning (_("attempted to enable apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
7986 bpt->number);
7987 continue;
7988 case bp_breakpoint:
7989 case bp_catch_load:
7990 case bp_catch_unload:
7991 case bp_catch_fork:
7992 case bp_catch_vfork:
7993 case bp_catch_exec:
7994 case bp_catch_catch:
7995 case bp_catch_throw:
7996 case bp_hardware_breakpoint:
7997 case bp_watchpoint:
7998 case bp_hardware_watchpoint:
7999 case bp_read_watchpoint:
8000 case bp_access_watchpoint:
8001 enable_breakpoint (bpt);
8002 default:
8003 continue;
8004 }
8005 else if (strchr (args, '.'))
8006 {
8007 struct bp_location *loc = find_location_by_number (args);
8008 if (loc)
8009 loc->enabled = 1;
8010 check_duplicates (loc->owner);
8011 }
8012 else
8013 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_breakpoint);
8014 }
8015
8016 static void
8017 enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8018 {
8019 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_disable);
8020 }
8021
8022 static void
8023 enable_once_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8024 {
8025 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_once_breakpoint);
8026 }
8027
8028 static void
8029 enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint *bpt)
8030 {
8031 do_enable_breakpoint (bpt, disp_del);
8032 }
8033
8034 static void
8035 enable_delete_command (char *args, int from_tty)
8036 {
8037 map_breakpoint_numbers (args, enable_delete_breakpoint);
8038 }
8039 \f
8040 static void
8041 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8042 {
8043 }
8044
8045 static void
8046 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args, int from_tty)
8047 {
8048 }
8049
8050 /* Use default_breakpoint_'s, or nothing if they aren't valid. */
8051
8052 struct symtabs_and_lines
8053 decode_line_spec_1 (char *string, int funfirstline)
8054 {
8055 struct symtabs_and_lines sals;
8056 if (string == 0)
8057 error (_("Empty line specification."));
8058 if (default_breakpoint_valid)
8059 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8060 default_breakpoint_symtab,
8061 default_breakpoint_line,
8062 (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8063 else
8064 sals = decode_line_1 (&string, funfirstline,
8065 (struct symtab *) NULL, 0, (char ***) NULL, NULL);
8066 if (*string)
8067 error (_("Junk at end of line specification: %s"), string);
8068 return sals;
8069 }
8070
8071 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
8072 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
8073 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
8074 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
8075 someday. */
8076
8077 void *
8078 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR pc)
8079 {
8080 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt;
8081
8082 bp_tgt = xmalloc (sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8083 memset (bp_tgt, 0, sizeof (struct bp_target_info));
8084
8085 bp_tgt->placed_address = pc;
8086 if (target_insert_breakpoint (bp_tgt) != 0)
8087 {
8088 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
8089 xfree (bp_tgt);
8090 return NULL;
8091 }
8092
8093 return bp_tgt;
8094 }
8095
8096 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
8097
8098 int
8099 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (void *bp)
8100 {
8101 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = bp;
8102 int ret;
8103
8104 ret = target_remove_breakpoint (bp_tgt);
8105 xfree (bp_tgt);
8106
8107 return ret;
8108 }
8109
8110 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single stepping. */
8111
8112 static void *single_step_breakpoints[2];
8113
8114 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
8115
8116 void
8117 insert_single_step_breakpoint (CORE_ADDR next_pc)
8118 {
8119 void **bpt_p;
8120
8121 if (single_step_breakpoints[0] == NULL)
8122 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[0];
8123 else
8124 {
8125 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[1] == NULL);
8126 bpt_p = &single_step_breakpoints[1];
8127 }
8128
8129 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would be
8130 to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on the
8131 breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint. We could
8132 adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing this requires
8133 corresponding changes elsewhere where single step breakpoints are
8134 handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
8135
8136 *bpt_p = deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (next_pc);
8137 if (*bpt_p == NULL)
8138 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at 0x%s"),
8139 paddr_nz (next_pc));
8140 }
8141
8142 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
8143
8144 void
8145 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
8146 {
8147 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints[0] != NULL);
8148
8149 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
8150 call. */
8151 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[0]);
8152 single_step_breakpoints[0] = NULL;
8153
8154 if (single_step_breakpoints[1] != NULL)
8155 {
8156 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_breakpoints[1]);
8157 single_step_breakpoints[1] = NULL;
8158 }
8159 }
8160
8161 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at PC. */
8162
8163 static int
8164 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (CORE_ADDR pc)
8165 {
8166 int i;
8167
8168 for (i = 0; i < 2; i++)
8169 {
8170 struct bp_target_info *bp_tgt = single_step_breakpoints[i];
8171 if (bp_tgt && bp_tgt->placed_address == pc)
8172 return 1;
8173 }
8174
8175 return 0;
8176 }
8177
8178 \f
8179 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak commands.
8180 It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
8181 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the command. */
8182 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
8183 command" [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
8184 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8185 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
8186 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
8187 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
8188 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of selected stack frame.\n\
8189 This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
8190 \n\
8191 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
8192 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
8193 \n\
8194 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if conditional.\n\
8195 \n\
8196 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
8197
8198 void
8199 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
8200 {
8201 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_set_cmdlist;
8202 static struct cmd_list_element *breakpoint_show_cmdlist;
8203 struct cmd_list_element *c;
8204
8205 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib);
8206
8207 breakpoint_chain = 0;
8208 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
8209 before a breakpoint is set. */
8210 breakpoint_count = 0;
8211
8212 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint, ignore_command, _("\
8213 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
8214 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
8215 if (xdb_commands)
8216 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint, 1);
8217
8218 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint, commands_command, _("\
8219 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
8220 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
8221 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
8222 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
8223 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
8224 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
8225 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
8226
8227 add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint, condition_command, _("\
8228 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
8229 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
8230 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
8231
8232 c = add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint, tbreak_command, _("\
8233 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
8234 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8235 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
8236 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
8237 \n"
8238 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
8239 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8240
8241 c = add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint, hbreak_command, _("\
8242 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8243 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
8244 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
8245 \n"
8246 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
8247 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8248
8249 c = add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint, thbreak_command, _("\
8250 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
8251 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
8252 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
8253 \n"
8254 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
8255 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8256
8257 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8258 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8259 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8260 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8261 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8262 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
8263 &enablelist, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8264 if (xdb_commands)
8265 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8266 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8267 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8268 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
8269 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8270 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
8271
8272 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8273
8274 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint, enable_command, _("\
8275 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
8276 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
8277 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
8278 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
8279 &enablebreaklist, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist);
8280
8281 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8282 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8283 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8284 &enablebreaklist);
8285
8286 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8287 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8288 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8289 &enablebreaklist);
8290
8291 add_cmd ("delete", no_class, enable_delete_command, _("\
8292 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8293 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
8294 &enablelist);
8295
8296 add_cmd ("once", no_class, enable_once_command, _("\
8297 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
8298 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
8299 &enablelist);
8300
8301 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8302 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8303 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8304 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8305 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."),
8306 &disablelist, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist);
8307 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8308 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint, 1);
8309 if (xdb_commands)
8310 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint, disable_command, _("\
8311 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8312 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8313 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8314 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled."));
8315
8316 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, disable_command, _("\
8317 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
8318 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8319 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8320 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until reenabled.\n\
8321 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
8322 &disablelist);
8323
8324 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8325 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8326 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8327 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8328 \n\
8329 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
8330 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
8331 &deletelist, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist);
8332 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8333 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint, 1);
8334 if (xdb_commands)
8335 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint, delete_command, _("\
8336 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
8337 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8338 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
8339
8340 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias, delete_command, _("\
8341 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
8342 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
8343 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
8344 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
8345 &deletelist);
8346
8347 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint, clear_command, _("\
8348 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
8349 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
8350 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
8351 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
8352 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
8353 \n\
8354 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
8355 is executing in.\n\
8356 \n\
8357 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
8358
8359 c = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint, break_command, _("\
8360 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
8361 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
8362 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8363
8364 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run, 1);
8365 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run, 1);
8366 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run, 1);
8367 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run, 1);
8368
8369 if (xdb_commands)
8370 {
8371 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint, 1);
8372 add_com_alias ("bu", "ubreak", class_breakpoint, 1);
8373 }
8374
8375 if (dbx_commands)
8376 {
8377 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint, stop_command, _("\
8378 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
8379 &stoplist, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist);
8380 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint, stopin_command,
8381 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist);
8382 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint, stopat_command,
8383 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist);
8384 add_com ("status", class_info, breakpoints_info, _("\
8385 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8386 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8387 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8388 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8389 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8390 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8391 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8392 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8393 \n\
8394 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8395 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8396 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8397 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8398 breakpoint set."));
8399 }
8400
8401 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info, _("\
8402 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8403 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8404 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8405 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8406 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8407 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8408 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8409 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8410 \n\
8411 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8412 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8413 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8414 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8415 breakpoint set."));
8416
8417 if (xdb_commands)
8418 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint, breakpoints_info, _("\
8419 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8420 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8421 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8422 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8423 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8424 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8425 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8426 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8427 \n\
8428 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8429 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8430 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8431 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8432 breakpoint set."));
8433
8434 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance, maintenance_info_breakpoints, _("\
8435 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
8436 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
8437 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
8438 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
8439 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
8440 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
8441 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
8442 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
8443 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
8444 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
8445 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
8446 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
8447 \n\
8448 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
8449 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
8450 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
8451 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
8452 breakpoint set."),
8453 &maintenanceinfolist);
8454
8455 add_com ("catch", class_breakpoint, catch_command, _("\
8456 Set catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8457 Raised signals may be caught:\n\
8458 \tcatch signal - all signals\n\
8459 \tcatch signal <signame> - a particular signal\n\
8460 Raised exceptions may be caught:\n\
8461 \tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8462 \tcatch throw <exceptname> - a particular exception, when thrown\n\
8463 \tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8464 \tcatch catch <exceptname> - a particular exception, when caught\n\
8465 Thread or process events may be caught:\n\
8466 \tcatch thread_start - any threads, just after creation\n\
8467 \tcatch thread_exit - any threads, just before expiration\n\
8468 \tcatch thread_join - any threads, just after joins\n\
8469 Process events may be caught:\n\
8470 \tcatch start - any processes, just after creation\n\
8471 \tcatch exit - any processes, just before expiration\n\
8472 \tcatch fork - calls to fork()\n\
8473 \tcatch vfork - calls to vfork()\n\
8474 \tcatch exec - calls to exec()\n\
8475 Dynamically-linked library events may be caught:\n\
8476 \tcatch load - loads of any library\n\
8477 \tcatch load <libname> - loads of a particular library\n\
8478 \tcatch unload - unloads of any library\n\
8479 \tcatch unload <libname> - unloads of a particular library\n\
8480 The act of your program's execution stopping may also be caught:\n\
8481 \tcatch stop\n\n\
8482 C++ exceptions may be caught:\n\
8483 \tcatch throw - all exceptions, when thrown\n\
8484 \tcatch catch - all exceptions, when caught\n\
8485 Ada exceptions may be caught:\n\
8486 \tcatch exception - all exceptions, when raised\n\
8487 \tcatch exception <name> - a particular exception, when raised\n\
8488 \tcatch exception unhandled - all unhandled exceptions, when raised\n\
8489 \tcatch assert - all failed assertions, when raised\n\
8490 \n\
8491 Do \"help set follow-fork-mode\" for info on debugging your program\n\
8492 after a fork or vfork is caught.\n\n\
8493 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."));
8494
8495 add_com ("tcatch", class_breakpoint, tcatch_command, _("\
8496 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events.\n\
8497 Args like \"catch\" command.\n\
8498 Like \"catch\" except the catchpoint is only temporary,\n\
8499 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"catch\" followed\n\
8500 by using \"enable delete\" on the catchpoint number."));
8501
8502 c = add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint, watch_command, _("\
8503 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8504 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8505 an expression changes."));
8506 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8507
8508 c = add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint, rwatch_command, _("\
8509 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8510 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8511 an expression is read."));
8512 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8513
8514 c = add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint, awatch_command, _("\
8515 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
8516 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
8517 an expression is either read or written."));
8518 set_cmd_completer (c, location_completer);
8519
8520 add_info ("watchpoints", breakpoints_info,
8521 _("Synonym for ``info breakpoints''."));
8522
8523
8524 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
8525 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
8526 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support,
8527 &can_use_hw_watchpoints, _("\
8528 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8529 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
8530 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
8531 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
8532 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
8533 hardware.)"),
8534 NULL,
8535 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints,
8536 &setlist, &showlist);
8537
8538 can_use_hw_watchpoints = 1;
8539
8540 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, set_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8541 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8542 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8543 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8544 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist, "set breakpoint ",
8545 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist);
8546 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance, show_breakpoint_cmd, _("\
8547 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
8548 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
8549 pending breakpoint behavior"),
8550 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist, "show breakpoint ",
8551 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist);
8552
8553 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class,
8554 &pending_break_support, _("\
8555 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8556 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
8557 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
8558 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
8559 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
8560 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
8561 NULL,
8562 show_pending_break_support,
8563 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8564 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8565
8566 pending_break_support = AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO;
8567
8568 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class,
8569 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints, _("\
8570 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8571 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
8572 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
8573 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
8574 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
8575 NULL,
8576 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints,
8577 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist,
8578 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist);
8579
8580 automatic_hardware_breakpoints = 1;
8581 }